高考英语阅读分册

高考英语阅读分册

高考英语阅读分册 目 录 第一部分 篇章结构 1~8‎ 第二部分 段落结构 9~13‎ 第三部分 句子结构 14~22‎ 第四部分 词汇 23~29‎ 第五部分 阅读训练题 30~79‎ 第六部分 历届高考阅读真题 80~108‎ 第七部分 高级阅读精选 109~126‎ 第八部分 完型填空练习题 127~138‎ 第九部分 历届高考完型填空 139~145‎ 附录 习题答案 146~147‎ 第一部分 篇章结构 一、科普类文章 ‎1．引出中心内容的方法 ‎(1)A but B。‎ 这个时候B是文章的中心。为了不让文章显得太突兀，一般会先讲A，即普通的内容(科普类文章一般介绍的是我们不太熟悉的内容)。另外，A也有可能是一种欲扬先抑的写作手法，与B的意思正好相反。‎ Most animals have little connection with animals of a different kind, unless they hunt them for food. Sometimes, however, two kinds of animals come together in a partnership (伙伴关系) which does good to both of them. You may have noticed some birds sitting on the backs of sheep. This is not because they want a ride, but because they find easy food in the parasites (寄生虫) on sheep. The sheep allow the birds to do so because they remove the cause of discomfort. So although they can manage without each other, they do better together.‎ The idea of fighting a noise by making more noise sounds strange, but that’s exactly what motor engineers are doing in Germany and some other countries.‎ ‎(2) 用熟悉的事物作类比。‎ 这是一种我们可以借鉴的写作方法。‎ Decision-thinking is not unlike poker—it often matters not only what you think, but also what others think you think and what you think they think you think. The mental process is similar. Naturally, this card game has often been of considerable interest to people who are, by any standards, good thinkers.‎ ‎2．说明中心内容的方法 ‎(高考文章以说明为主，在高级阅读考试中经常出现的议论文在高考中比较少见)‎ ‎(1) 举例说明。这是最常见的方法，除了我们熟悉的for example, for instance, such as以外，更主要的是在内容上的抽象程度的不同。例子总是说得很具体，比如说有数字，具体的人物、事件等。有的时候，在事实和例子中间，还有一个具体说明的中间层次。‎ ‎(2) 讲原理 Car-maker’s research and development laboratories have already proved that mixing in more noise with the help of loudspeakers can reduce the unwanted noise.‎ ‎(3) 讲好处(advantage)‎ Another good thing about the uses of noise-killing systems is that it saves the need for a silencer, which not only reduces the weight of a car, but also makes the motor burn less oil and work better.‎ ‎(4) 讲问题(disadvantage)‎ Some engineers believe that the noise-killing system will be used in most cars in 1996. But the carmakers haven’t decided if they will put it into production because it would add several hundred dollars to the cost of their cars.‎ ‎(5)讲应用(application)‎ ‎(6)分类说明：中心的两个方面 There are two types of fat: external fat (fat under skin) and internal fat (fat inside the body wall). Doctors, who have been examining the relationship between health and fatness, have found that ‎ the “pears” have less internal fat, but the “apples” have more internal fat than external fat. This seems to be what causes the health problems.‎ ‎(7)强对比说明 One mistaken idea about business is that it can be treated as a game of perfect information. Quite the reverse. Business, politics, life itself are games which we must normally play with very imperfect information. Business decisions are often made with many unknown and unknowable factors which would even puzzle best poker players. But few business people fin it comfortable to admit that they are taking a chance, and many still prefer to believe that they are playing chess, not poker.‎ 二、社会观点类文章 这一类文章比较高级,所以在高考中出现得很少。‎ Computer people talk a lot about the need for other people to become “computer-literate.” But not all experts (专家) agree that this is a good idea.‎ ‎ One pioneer, in particular, who disagrees is David Tebbutt, the founder of Computertown UK. Although many people see this as a successful attempt to bring people closer to the computer, David does not see it that way. He says that Computertown UK was formed for just the opposite reason, to bring computers to people and make them “people-literate.”‎ ‎ David Tebbutt thinks Computertowns are most successful when tied to a computer club but he insists there is an important difference between the two. The clubs are for people who have some computer knowledge already. This frightens away non-experts, who are happier going to Computertowns where there are computers for them to experiment on, with experts to encourage them and answer any questions they have. They are not told what to do, they find out. The computer experts have to learn not to tell people about computers, but have to be able to answer all questions people ask. People don’t have to learn computer terms (术语) , but the experts have to explain in plain language. The computers are becoming” people-literate.” ‎ 三、社会问题类文章 ‎1．引出问题：某一部作品中的观点 Olaf Stapledon wrote a book called First and Last Men, in which he looked millions of years ahead. He told of different men and of strange civilizations, broken up by long ‘dark ages’ in between. In his view, what is called the present time is no more than a moment in human history and we are just he First Men. In 2,000 million years now there will be the Eighteenth or Last Men. ‎ However, most of our ideas about the future are really very short-sighted. Perhaps we can see some possibilities for the next fifty years. But the next hundred? The next thousand? The next million? That’s much more difficult.‎ ‎2．解决问题的重要性 So why bother even to try imagining life far in the future? Here are two reasons. First, unless ‎ we remember how short our own lives are compared with the whole human history, we are likely to think our own interests are much more important than they really are. If we make the earth a poor place to live on because we are careless or greedy or quarrelsome, our grandchildren will not bother to think of excuses for us. ‎ Second, by trying to escape from present interests and imagine life far in the future, we may arrive at quite fresh ideas that we can use ourselves. For example, if we imagine that in the future men may give up farming, we can think of trying it now. So set your imagination free when you think about the future.‎ ‎3．解决问题 Many cities around the world today are heavily polluted. Careless methods of production and lack of consumer demand for environment(环境)friendly products have contributed to the pollution problem. One result is that millions of tons of glass, paper, plastic, and metal containers are produced, and these are difficult to get rid of.‎ However, today, more and more consumers are choosing “green” and demanding that the products they buy should be safe for the environment. Before they buy a product, they ask questions like these: “Will this shampoo damage the environment?” “Can this metal container be reused or can it only be used once?”‎ A recent study showed that two out of five adults now consider the environmental safety of a product before they buy it. This means that companies must now change the way they make and sell their products to make sure that they are "green," that is, friendly to the environment.‎ Only a few years ago, it was impossible to find green products in Supermarkets, but now there are hundreds. Some supermarket product cop labels (标签) to show that the product is green. Some companies have made the manufacturing (生产) of clean and safe products their main selling point and emphasize it in their advertising.‎ 四、社会现象类文章 ‎1．社会现象的引出：具体的例子，话语，奇特之处，A影响B。‎ Allan goes everywhere with Birgitta Anderson, a 54-year-old secretary. He moves around her office at work and goes shopping with her. "Most people don't seen to mind Allan," says Birgitta, who thinks he is wonderful. "He's my fourth child," she says. She may think of him and treat him that way, buying his food, paying his health bills and his taxes, but in fact Allan is a dog.‎ Birgitta and Allan live in Swede, a county where everyone is expected to lead an orderly life according to rules laid down by the government, which also provides (提供) a high level of care for its people. This level of care costs money./‎ Betty and Harold have been married for Mrs. But one thing still puzzles (困扰) old Harold. How is it that he can leave Betty and her friend Joan sitting on the sofa, talking, go out to a ballgame, come back three and a half hours later, and they' re still sitting on the sofa? Talking?‎ What in the world, Harold wonders, do they have to talk about?‎ Betty shrugs. Talk? We’re friends.‎ Researching this matter called friendship, psychologist Lillian Rubin spent two years, interviewing more than two hundred women and men. No matter what their age, their job, their sex, the results were completely clear: women have more friendships than men, and the difference in the con-tent and the quality of those friendships is "marked and unmistakable.”/‎ Maybe ten-year-old Elizabeth put it best when she said to her father, "But, Dad, you can't be healthy if you’re dead."‎ Dad, in a hurry to get home before dark so he could go for a run, had forgotten to wear his safety belt-a mistake 75% of the US population make every day. The big question is why./‎ When a group of children politely stop a conversation with you, saying: "We have to go to work now," you're left feeling surprised and certainly uneasy. After all, this is the 1990s and the idea of children working is just unthinkable. That is, until you are told that they are all pupils of stage schools, and that the "work" they go off to is to go on the stage in a theatre./‎ America is growing older. Fifty years ago, only 4 out of every 100 people in the United States were 65 or older. Today, 10 out of every 100 Americans are over 65. The aging of the population will affect (影响) American society in many ways - education, medicine, and business. Quietly, the graying of America has made us a very different society - one in which people have a quite different idea of what kind of behavior (行为) is suitable (合适) at various ages.‎ ‎2．说明的方法 ‎(1) 举例 As prices and building costs keep rising, the "do-it-yourself" (DIY) trend (趋势) in the U. S. continues to grow.‎ ‎"We needed furniture (家具) for our living room," says John Ross, "and we just didn't have enough money to buy it. So we decided to try making a few tables and chairs." John got married six months ago, and like many young people these days, they are struggling to make a home at a time when the cost of living is very high. The Rosses took a 2-week course for $ 280 at a night school. Now they build all their furniture and make repairs around the house.‎ Jim Hatfield…‎ ‎(2) 中心的一个侧面 ‎…That is, until you are told that they are all pupils of stage schools, and that the "work" they go off to is to go on the stage in a theatre.‎ ‎ Stage schools often act as agencies (代理机构) to supply children for stage and television work...‎ ‎ A visit to such schools will leave you in no doubt that the children enjoy themselves…/‎ Researching this matter called friendship, psychologist Lillian Rubin …the difference in the content and the quality of those friendships is "marked and unmistakable.”‎ More than two-thirds of the single men Rubin interviewed could not name a best friend...‎ ‎“In general,” writes Rubin in her new book, “women’s friendships with each other rest on shared emotions and support, but men’s relationships are marked by shared activities.”‎ ‎"Even when a man is said to be a best friend," Rubin writes, "the two share litt1e about their ‎ innermost feelings…‎ ‎(3) 解释原因 ‎…The big question is why.‎ There have been many myths about safety belts ever since their first appearance in cars some forty years ago. The following are three of the most common.‎ Myth Number One…‎ ‎(4) 评价 While most people use little white lies to make life easier, the majority of Americans care about honesty in both public and personal life. They say that people today are less honest than they were ten years ago. Although it is believed that things are getting worse, lying seems to be an age-old human problem. French philosopher (哲学家) Vauvenarges, writing in the eighteenth century, touched on the truth when he wrote, "All men are born truthful and die liars (说谎者) ."‎ ‎(5) 存在的问题 The schools themselves admit that not all children will be successful in the profession for which they are being trained. So what happens to those who don't make it? While all the leading schools say they place great importance on children getting good study results, the facts seem to suggest this is not always the case.‎ ‎(6) 排比说明 A person's age no longer tells you anything about his/her social position, marriage or health. There's no longer a particular year in which one goes to school or goes to work or gets married or starts a family. The social clock that kept us on time and told us when to go to school. It doesn't surprise us to hear of a 29-year-old university president or a 35-year-old grandmother, or a 70-year-old man who has become a father for the first time. Public ideas are changing.‎ 五、事件类文章 ‎(包括历史事件，日常事件，灾祸，轶事)。关键是找时间点。没有时间点的找最特殊的地方。‎ The report came to the British on May 21, 1941. German battleship Bismarck, the most powerful warship in the world, was moving out into the Atlantic Ocean. Her task: to destroy the ships carrying supplies from the United States to war-torn England.‎ The British had feared such a task. No warship they had could match the Bismarck in speed or in firepower. The Bismarck had eight 15-inch guns and 81 smaller guns. She could move at 30 nautical miles (海里) an hour. She was believed to be unsinkable.‎ However, the British had to sink her. They sent out a task force headed by their best battleship Hood to hunt down the Bismarck. On May 24, the Hood found the Bismarck.‎ It was a meeting that the German commander Luetjens did not want to see. His orders were to destroy the British ships that were carrying supplies, but to stay away from a fight with British warships.‎ The battle didn't last long. The Bismarck's first torpedo (鱼雷) hit the Hood, which went down taking all but three of her 1, 419 men with her.‎ But in the fight, the Bismarck was slightly damaged (损坏). Her commander decided to run for repairs to France, which had at that time been taken by the Germans. The British force followed her. However, because of the Bismarck's speed and the heavy fog, they lost sight of her.‎ For two days, every British ship in the Atlantic tried to find the Bismarck, but with no success. Finally, she was sighted by a plane from Ireland. Trying to slow the Bismarck down so that their ships could catch up with her, the British fired at her from the air. The Bismarck was hit.‎ On the morning of May 27, the last battle was fought. Four British ships fired on the Bismarck, and she was finally sunk./‎ We walked in so quietly that the nurse at the desk didn't even lift her eyes from the book. Mum pointed at a big chair by the door and I knew she wanted me to sit down. While I watched mouth open in surprise, Mum took off her hat and coat and gave them to me to hold. She walked quietly to the small room by the lift and took out a wet mop. She pushed the mop past the desk and as the nurse looked up, Mum nodded and said, "Very dirty floors."‎ ‎"Yes, I'm glad they've finally decided to clean them," the nurse answered. She looked at Mum strangely and said, "But aren't you working late?"‎ Mum just pushed harder, each swipe (拖一下) of the mop taking her farther and farther down the hall. I watched until she was out of sight and the nurse had turned back to writing in the big book.‎ After a long time Mum came back. Her eyes were shining. She quickly put the mop back and took my hand. As we turned to go out of the door, Mum bowed politely to the nurse and said, "Thank you."‎ Outside, Mum told me:" Dagmar is fine. No fever."‎ ‎"You saw her, Mum?"‎ ‎" Of course. I told her about the hospital rules, and she will not expect us until tomorrow. Dad will stop worrying as well. It’s a fine hospital. But such floors! A mop is no good. You need a brush."‎ 六、事物类文章 ‎1. 旧事物：注意与现在事物的不同之处 In 19th century England people liked to go to the seaside. In those days, ladies wore long bathing dresses, and men wore bathing suits…‎ ‎2. 新事物 ‎(1)引出新事物 Excused from recycling because you live in a high rise with a rubbish chute? You won’t be for long. Miami’s Mark Shantzis has made it simple for those living in tall buildings to use the chute and recycle too./‎ Holidaymakers who are bored with baking beaches and overheated hotel rooms head for a big igloo. Swedish businessman Nile Bergqvist is delighted with his new hotel, the world’s first igloo hotel.‎ ‎(2)结构或原理(怎么造的)‎ Six workmen spent more than eight weeks piling 1,000 tons of snow onto a wooden base; when the snow froze, the base was removed.‎ ‎(3)优势(advantage)‎ The popularity of the igloo is beyond doubt: it is now attracting tourists from all over the world.‎ ‎3. 事物的起源：找时间点，注意转折之处。‎ Today, roller skating is easy and fun. But a long time ago, it wasn’t easy at all. Before 1750, the idea of skating didn’t exist. That changed because of a man named Joseph Merlin. Merlin’s work was making musical instruments. In his spare time be liked to play the violin. Joseph Merlin was a man of ideas and dreams. People called him a dreamer.‎ One day Merlin received an invitation to attend a fancy dress ball (化装舞会) . He was very pleased and a little excited. As the day of the party came near, Merlin began to think how to make a grand entrance at the party. He had an idea. He thought he would get a lot of attention if he could skate into the room.‎ Merlin tried different ways to make himself roll. Finally, he decided to put two wheels under each shoe. These were the first roller skates. Merlin was very proud of his invention and dreamed of arriving at the party on wheels while playing the violin.‎ On the night of the party Merlin rolled into the room playing his violin. Everyone was astonished to see him. There was just one problem. Merlin had no way to stop his roller skates. He rolled on and on. Suddenly, he ran into a huge mirror that was hanging on the wall. Down fell the mirror, breaking to piece. Nobody forgot Merlin’s grand entrance for a long time.‎ 七、新闻报道类文章：抓住报道主体。‎ JINTAN, JIANGSU: The 20 students -18 boys and 2 girls-had a thousand reasons to be proud of themselves. They had just climbed their way to the top rung (阶梯) out of 4 million students taking part in the Fifth National Hua Luogeng Gold Gup Mathematics Contest (竞赛) on Tuesday evening.‎ ‎ The 20 gold medal winners are all primary and middle school students under the age of 14. “Mary of the problems are of college level and these pupils can figure them out. It is just unbelievable!” said a teacher from Guangdong province.‎ ‎ Named after China’s most famous mathematician, Hua Luogeng, the contest started in 1986, one year after his death. In less than 10 years, it has been recognised by the State Education Commission (国家教委) as the country’s biggest and best contest of its kind.‎ 八、应用文和说明文：安排，广告，介绍，产品说明。‎ 九、其他可能出现的文章类型：‎ ‎1. 人物(抓住人物生平发生的几件大事)‎ ‎2. 地理 ‎3. 节日 ‎4. 风俗和社会文化 第二部分 段落结构 一、引子-主题型 1. A also B结构，重点一般在B 上。‎ Most of the diary is a record of big events in Philadelphia. It also includes a description of British soldiers burning Washington, D. C. in the war of 1812. She describes President James Madison on horseback as “perfectly shaking with fear” during the troubled days. George Washington, she writes, mistook her for the wife of a French man, and praised her excellent English.‎ ‎2. A but B结构，这种结构数量甚多，一般来说B是本段的重点。‎ Allan goes everywhere with Birgitta Anderson, a 54-year-old secretary. He moves around her office at work and goes shopping with her. "Most people don't seen to mind Allan," says Birgitta, who thinks he is wonderful. "He's my fourth child," she says. She may think of him and treat him that way, buying his food, paying his health bills and his taxes, but in fact Allan is a dog./‎ The idea of fighting a noise by making more noise sounds strange, but that’s exactly what motor engineers are doing in Germany and some other countries./‎ Computer people talk a lot about the need for other people to become "computer-literate." But not all experts (专家) agree that this is a good idea./‎ If you ask people to name the one person who had the greatest effect on the English language, you will get answers like “Shakespeare,” “Samuel Johnson,” and “Webster,” but none of these men had any effect at all compared to a man who didn’t even speak English-William the Conqueror./‎ The best treatment for fatness is to reduce the internal fat. But unfortunately it seems that dieting simply makes…/‎ Some engineers believe that the noise-killing system will be used in most cars in 1996. But the carmakers haven’t decided if they will put it into production because it would add several ‎ hundred dollars to the cost of their cars./‎ David Tebbutt thinks Computertowns are most successful when tied to a computer club but he insists there is an important difference between the two./‎ Holidaymakers who are bored with baking beaches and overheated hotel rooms head for a big igloo. Swedish businessman Nile Bergqvist is delighted with his new hotel, the world’s first igloo hotel. Built in a small town in Lapland, it has been attracting lots of visitors, but soon the fun will be over.*/‎ When men and women lived by hunting 50,000 years ago, how could they even begin to picture modern life? Yet to men of 50,000 years from now, we may seem as primitive in our ideas as the Stone-Age hunters do to us. Perhaps they will spend their days gollocking to make new spundels, or struggling with their ballalators through the cribe. These words, which I have just made up, have to stand for things and ideas that we simply can’t think of./‎ Today, roller skating is easy and fun. But a long time ago, it wasn't easy at all. Before 1750, the idea of skating didn't exist. That changed because of a man named Joseph Merlin. Merlin's work was making musical instruments. In his spare time be liked to play the violin. Joseph Merlin was a man of ideas and dreams. People called him a dreamer./‎ Most animals have little connection with animals of a different kind, unless they hunt them for food. Sometimes, however, two kinds of animals come together in a partnership (伙伴关系) which does good to both of them./‎ ‎4. A 意味着B，重点在B上。‎ A recent study showed that two out of five adults now consider the environmental safety of a product before they buy it. This means that companies must now change the way they make and sell their products to make sure that they are “green,” that is, friendly to the environment.‎ ‎5. 背景和主题。‎ In the 1930s, a lot of people in the USA were out of work. Among these people was a man named Alfred Butts. He…‎ ‎6. 具体例子和抽象现象。‎ Three lies in one day! Yet Dick Spivak is just an ordinary man. Each time, he told himself that sometimes the truth causes too many problems. Most of us tell much the same white lies, harmless untruths that help to save trouble. How often do we tell white lies?‎ 二、总-分型 ‎1. 评价(现实)和解释 Physicists have known about the technique for a long time. Sound is made up of pressure waves in the air. If two sound waves…/‎ People in Sweden pay taxes on everything, so aren't surprised to find that owning a dog means yet more taxes. Some people are paying as much as 500 Swedish kronor in taxes a year for the right to keep their dog, money that is spent by the government on dog hospitals and sometimes medical treatment for a dog that falls ill. ‎ ‎2. 整体和侧面 Most of us tell much the same white lies, harmless untruths that help to save trouble. How often do we tell white lies? It depends in part on our age, education, and even where we live./‎ The great mathematician John won Neumann was one of the founders of game theory. In particular, he showed that all games fall into two classes:‎ ‎3. 总述和分述 Only a few years ago, it was impossible to find green products in Supermarkets, but now there are hundreds. Some supermarket product8 cop labels (标签) to show that the product is green. Some companies have made the manufacturing (生产) of clean and safe products their main selling point and emphasize it in their advertising./‎ The popularity of the igloo is beyond doubt: it is now attracting tourists from all over the world. At least 800 people have stayed at the igloo this season even though there are only 10 rooms. “You can get a lot of people in,” explains Bergqvist. “The beds are three meters wide by two meters long, and can fit at least four at one time.”/‎ Fat on human beings is distributed in different ways. Some fat people have a large stomach and on waistline- which makes them look round, rather like apples. Others are fatter below the waist, which makes them appear pear-shaped./‎ However, today, more and more consumers are choosing “green” and demanding that the products they buy should be safe for the environment. Before they buy a product, they ask questions like these: “Will this shampoo damage the environment?” “Can this metal container be reused or can it only be used once?”/‎ ‎“It was the best night we’ve ever had,” said Angela Carraro, who runs an Italian restaurant on 42nd street. “We had lots of candles on the tables and the waiters were carrying candles on their trays. The place was full---and all night, in fact, for after we had closed, we let the people stay on and spend the night there.”‎ 三、分-总型 ‎(这类结构是中国人的习惯，因此在英语文章中很少。)‎ ‎1.叙述与点评(以上分-总)‎ On the night of the party Merlin rolled into the room playing his violin. Everyone was astonished to see him. There was just one problem. Merlin had no way to stop his roller skates. He rolled on and on. Suddenly, he ran into a huge mirror that was hanging on the wall. Down fell the mirror, breaking to piece. Nobody forgot Merlin's grand entrance for a long time./‎ The opposite of evaporation is precipitation, such as rain, by which water is added to the ocean, Here the ocean is being diluted so that the salinity is decreased. This may occur in areas of high rainfall or in coastal regions where rivers flow into the ocean. Thus salinity may be increased by the subtraction of water by evaporation, or decreased by the addition of fresh water by precipitation or runoff.‎ ‎2.并列关系 The zoos had their problems like everyone else. Keepers worked through the night. They used blankets to keep flying squirrels and small monkeys warm. While zoos had problems keeping warm, supermarkets had problems keeping cool. “All of our ice cream and frozen foods melted,” said the manager of a store in downtown Manhattan. “They were worth $50,000.”/‎ Those who believe that drama evolved out of ritual also argue that those rites contained the seed of theater because music, dance, masks, and costumes were almost always used. Furthermore, a suitable site had to be provided for performances, and when the entire community did not participate, a clear division was usually made between the “acting area” and the “auditorium.” In addition, there were performers, and since considerable importance was attached to avoiding mistakes in the enactment of rites, religious leaders usually assumed that task. Eventually such dramatic representations were separated from religious activities.‎ 四、其他语法关系：强对比，因果，分类说明。‎ More than two-thirds of the single men Rubin interviewed could not name a best friend. Those who could were likely to name a woman.' Yet three-quarters of the single women had no problem naming a best friend, and almost always it was a woman. More married men than women named their wife/husband as a best friend, most trusted person, or the one they would turn to in time of emotion- al distress (感情危机)." Most women," says Rubin," identified (认定 ) at least one, usually more, trusted friends to whom they could tam in a troubled moment, and they spoke openly about the importance of these relationships in their lives."‎ ‎“In general,” writes Rubin in her new book, “women’s friendships with each other rest on shared emotions and support, but men’s relationships are marked by shared activities.” For the most part, Rubin says, interactions (交往)between men are emotionally controlled- a good fit with the social requirements of “manly behavior.”‎ ‎"Even when a man is said to be a best friend," Rubin writes, "the two share litt1e about their innermost feelings. Whereas a woman's closest female friend might be the first to tall her to leave a failing manage, it wasn’t unusual to hear a man say he didn’t know his friend's marriage was in serious trouble until he appeared one night asking if he could sleep on the sofa."/‎ But this state of affairs did not last. In l066 the Normans led by William defeated the Saxons and began their rule over England. For about a century, French became the official language of Eng-land while Old English became the language of peasants. As a result, English words of Politics and the law come from French rather than German./‎ America is growing older. Fifty years ago, only 4 out of every 100 people in the United States were 65 or older. Today, 10 out of every 100 Americans are over 65. The aging of the population will affect (影响) American society in many ways - education, medicine, and business. Quietly, the graying of America has made us a very different society - one in which people have a quite different idea of what kind of behavior (行为) is suitable (合适) at various ages./‎ Before 1066, in the land we now call Great Britain lived peoples belonging to two major language groups. In the west central region lived the Welsh, who spoke a Celtic language, and in the north lived the Scots, whose language, though not the same as Welsh, was also Celtic. In the rest of the country lived the Saxons, actually a mixture of Anglos, Saxons, and other Germanic and Nordic peoples, who spoke what we now call Anglo-Saxon (or Old English), a Germanic language. If this state of affairs had lasted, English today would be close to German./‎ More than two-thirds of the single men Rubin interviewed could not name a best friend. Those who could were likely to name a woman.' Yet three-quarters of the single women had no problem naming a best friend, and almost always it was a woman. More married men than women named their wife/husband as a best friend, most trusted person, or the one they would turn to in time of emotion- al distress (感情危机)." Most women," says Rubin," identified (认定 ) at least one, usually more, trusted friends to whom they could tam in a troubled moment, and they spoke openly about the importance of these relationships in their lives."/‎ In particular, he showed that all games fall into two classes: there are what he called games of ‘perfect information’, games like chess where the players can’t hide anything or play tricks: they don’t win by chance, but by means of logic and skills. Then there are games of ‘imperfect information’, like poker, in which it is impossible to know in advance that one course of action is better than another./‎ David Tebbutt thinks Computertowns are most successful when tied to a computer club but he insists there is an important difference between the two. The clubs are for people who have some computer knowledge already. This frightens away non-experts, who are happier going to Computertowns where there are computers for them to experiment on, with experts to encourage them and answer any questions they have. They are not told what to do, they find out. The computer experts have to learn not to tell people about computers, but have to be able to answer all questions people ask. People don't have to learn computer terms (术语) , but the experts have to explain in plain language. The computers are becoming" people-literate."‎ 第三部分 句子结构 一、被动句 1) If the plants are killed, or are even prevented from light so that they cannot live normally, the corals will die.‎ 2) To reduce pain, take two tablets with water, followed by on tablet every eight hours, as required.‎ 二、除了 1) Apples, which are about 85 percent water, grow almost everywhere in the world but the hottest and coldest areas.‎ 2) I wouldn’t let anyone but a doctor touch her.‎ 三、比较 1) Some people are paying as much as 500 Swedish kronor in taxes a year for the right to keep their dog.‎ 2) Studies show that chances of dying after a car accident are twenty-five times greater in cases where people are "thrown clear." (注意方向)‎ 3) The longer the heated metal takes to cool slowly, the softer it becomes.‎ 4) When Americans visit Europe for the first time, they usually find Germany more "foreign" than France because the German they see on signs and advertisements seems much more different from English than French does.‎ 四、并举 1) Business people, foreigners and families alike are making good use of the growing industry.‎ 2) A bathing machine was used for changing in, and for taking the bather down to the sea.‎ 3) The system, which fits in the same space as the chute and container now in use, enables glass, plastic, paper, metal, and other rubbish to go into separate boxes.‎ 五、并列结构 1) However, today, more and more consumers are choosing “green” and demanding that the products they buy should be safe for the environment.‎ 2) How is it that he can leave Betty and her friend Joan sitting on the sofa, talking, go out to a ballgame, come back three and a half hours later, and they' re still sitting on the sofa? Talking?‎ 3) Looking out, I saw Doug standing about three feet from the rubbish bin, holding the lid up with a stick and looking into the container.‎ 4) Those under 13 are limited to 40 days in the year; those over 13 do 80 days.‎ 六、补语 1) All men are born truthful and die liars.‎ 2) While I watched mouth open in surprise, Mum took off her hat and coat and gave them to me to hold.‎ 七、不定式 1) Find yourself someone else to shout at.‎ 2) People wearing safety belts are usually protected to the point of having a clear head to free themselves from such dangerous situations, not to be trapped in them.‎ 3) Sorry, but any accident serous enough to "throw you clear" is also going to be serious enough to give you a very bad landing.‎ 4) The Summit was to mark the 25th anniversary(周年) of President Nixon's journey to China, which was the turning point in China-U. S. relations.‎ 八、不是而是(rather, instead, more than, less than)‎ 1) The computer experts have to learn not to tell people about computers, but have to be able to answer all questions people ask. People don't have to learn computer terms (术语) , but the experts have to explain in plain language. The computers are becoming" people-literate."‎ 2) With no windows, nowhere to hang clothes and temperatures below 0℃, it may seem more like a survival test than a relaxing (轻松的) hotel break.‎ 3) At the moment there is no known way of reducing the internal rather than external fat.‎ 4) In the highly industrialized early-twentieth-century United States, however, overproduction rather than scarcity was becoming a problem.‎ 5) Thus, the ideal American homemaker was viewed as a consumer rather than a producer.‎ 6) From then on, humans would increasingly take their living from the controlled production of a few plants, rather than getting a little here and a little there from many varieties that grew wild.‎ 7) There is relatively little division of labor into specialized duties. Rather, each person is expected to perform a great variety of tasks, though duties may differ between the sexes.‎ 8) Because of the wavelength of the x-rays used, soft x-ray microscopes will never match the highest resolution possible with electron microscopes. Rather, their special properties will make possible investigations that will complement those performed with light-and electron-based instruments.‎ 9) So there is real cause for concern if consumers distrust the regular food supply and buy only expensive organic foods instead.‎ 九、丛句 ‎1. If丛句 1) The hot sun had caused the dough to double in size and the fermenting yeast make the surface shake and sigh as though it were breathing.‎ 2) If your dog runs out on the road and gets hit by a passing car you, as the owner, have to pay for any damage done to the car, even if your dog has been killed in the accident.‎ 3) For example, if we imagine that in the future men may give up farming, we can think of trying it now.‎ 4) First, unless we remember how short our own lives are compared with the whole human history, we are likely to think our own interests are much more important than they really are.‎ ‎2. 宾语丛句 1) I could see why Dong was so shaken.‎ 2) I had to admit what the ‘living thing’ was and why it was there.‎ 3) In the rest of the country lived the Saxons, actually a mixture of Anglos, Saxons, and other ‎ Germanic and Nordic peoples, who spoke what we now call Anglo-Saxon (or Old English), a Germanic language.‎ 1) Most scientists start an investigation by finding out what other scientists have learned about a particular problem.‎ ‎3. 定语丛句 1) The schools themselves admit that not all children will be successful in the profession for which they are being trained.‎ 2) There's no longer a particular year in which one goes to school or goes to work or gets married or starts a family.‎ 3) Then there are games of ‘imperfect information’, like poker, in which it is impossible to know in advance that one course of action is better than another.‎ 4) Olaf Stapledon wrote a book called First and Last Men, in which he looked millions of years ahead.‎ 5) The social clock that kept us on time and told us when to go to school.‎ 6) This frightens away non-experts, who are happier going to Computertowns where there are computers for them to experiment on, with experts to encourage them and answer any questions they have.‎ 7) The system, which fits in the same space as the chute and container now in use, enables glass, plastic, paper, metal, and other rubbish to go into separate boxes.‎ ‎4. 主语丛句 ‎1)In his view, what is called the present time is no more than a moment in human history and we are just the First Men.‎ ‎5. 状语丛句 1) Green told American Libraries he had the diary in his possession “about five minutes” when Luxmoore took it back because he had promised to show it to one other person.‎ 2) As I stood in front of the grave (墓) of President Richard Nixon, I was thinking about the time 25 years ago when this president helped bring the United States and China closer together.‎ 3) Now I’ve finished a car repair course, I should be able to fix the car by my self.‎ 4) At the press of a button, a microcomputer locks all other floors’ chute doors and sets the recycling container turning until the right box comes under the chute.‎ 5) More worthy of the name “stage school” are those few places where children attend full time, with a training for the theatre and a general education.‎ 6) None of these translations to screen and stage, however, dramatize the anarchy at the conclusion of A Conecticut Yankee, which ends with the violent overthrow of Morgan’s three-year-old progressive order and his return to the nineteenth century, where he apparently commits suicide.‎ 7) When he was about 20 years old, O. Henry went to Texas, where he tried different jobs.‎ 8) Nearby is the Indianapolis races course, where the nation’s most famous car race is held each year on May 30th.‎ 9) In four days it destroyed more than three-quarters of the old city, where most of the houses were wooden and close together.‎ 10) Most people entering historical archaeology during this period came out of university ‎ anthropology departments, where they had studied prehistoric cultures.‎ 1) Merlin was very proud of his invention and dreamed of arriving at the party on wheels while playing the violin.‎ ‎6. 多重丛句 1) Prozorov’s disappointment was shared by several grand masters who were present, some of whom were so upset that shouted at the machine.‎ 2) I had just gone to bed after a very hard day when the phone rang.‎ 3) This frightens away non-experts, who are happier going to Computertowns where there are computers for them to experience on with experts to encourage them and answer any questions they have.‎ 十、代词 1) Tom Brennan was working in a Philadelphia office building when he noticed a black bag. The bag contained a book. This chance discovery ended…‎ 2) Some companies have made the manufacturing (生产) of clean and safe products their main selling point and emphasize it in their advertising.‎ 3) Quietly, the graying of America has made us a very different society - one in which people have a quite different idea of what kind of behavior (行为) is suitable (合适) at various ages.‎ 4) Sorting recyclables before they are collected saves the use of expensive materials recovery equipment which otherwise has to do the sorting. Such equipment often makes recycled materials very expensive, so expensive that tons of recyclables remain wasted.‎ 十一、倒装 1) Down fell the mirror, breaking to piece.‎ 2) Among these people was a man named Alfred Butts.‎ 3) Outsides were two men.‎ 十二、独立格 1) With no windows, nowhere to hang clothes and temperatures below 0℃, it may seem more like a survival test than a relaxing(轻松的) hotel break.‎ 2) The first car rental firm opened in Shanghai in 1992 and now 12 car rental players are in the game, with more than 11,500 cars in their books.‎ 3) More worthy of the name “stage school” are those few places where children attend full time, with a training for the theatre and a general education.‎ 4) At the opening of the century, with the exception of a crude plow, farmers could have carried practically all of the existing agricultural implements on their backs 5) A draft plan has been prepared, with the objective of maintaining traditional economic uses but limiting new development that would damage park resources.‎ 6) Ordinary light, from the Sun or a light bulb, is emitted spontaneously, when atoms or molecules get rid of excess energy by themselves, without any outside intervention.‎ 十三、过去分词 1) Built in a small town in Lapland, it has been attracting lots of visitors, but soon the fun will be over.‎ 2) Excused from recycling because you live in a high rise with a rubbish chute?‎ 3) The system is controlled from a board fixed next to the chute door.‎ 十四、现在分词 1) She may think of him and treat him that way, buying his food, paying his health bills and his taxes, but in fact Allan is a dog.‎ 2) Second, by trying to escape from present interests and imagine life far in the future, we may arrive at quite fresh ideas that we can use ourselves.‎ 3) On returning to his hotel after showing the precious book to Green, Luxmoore was shocked to ealize that he had left it in the taxi.‎ ‎4) People in Sweden pay taxes on everything, so aren’t surprised to find that owning a dog means yet more taxes.‎ 十五、形式主语 ‎1) It was seeing people with snake bites that led me to this career.‎ 十六、类比 1) John got married six months ago, and like many young people these days, they are struggling to make a home at a time when the cost of living is very high.‎ ‎2) Decision-thinking is not unlike poker—it often matters not only what you think, but also what others think you think and what you think they think you think.‎ 十七、强对比 1) Doctors have found that the “pears” have less internal fat, but the “apples” have more internal fat than external fat.‎ 2) For about a century, French became the official language of England while Old English became the language of peasants.‎ 3) Whereas a woman's closest female friend might be the first to tall her to leave a failing manage, it wasn’t unusual to hear a man say he didn’t know his friend's marriage was in serious trouble until he appeared one night asking if he could sleep on the sofa.‎ 十八、让步 1) Although many people see this as a successful attempt to bring people closer to the computer, David does not see it that way.‎ ‎2) While most people use little white lies to make life easier, the majority of Americans care about honesty in both public and personal life.‎ 十九、同位语 1) Dad, in a hurry to get home before dark so he could go for a run, had forgotten to wear his safety belt-a mistake 75% of the US population make every day.‎ 2) In the rest of the country lived the Saxons, actually a mixture of Anglos, Saxons, and other Germanic and Nordic peoples, who spoke what we now call Anglo-Saxon (or Old English), a Germanic language.‎ 3) There are what he called games of ‘perfect information’, games like chess where the players can’t hide anything or play tricks.‎ 4) Swedish businessman Nile Bergqvist is delighted with his new hotel, the world’s first igloo hotel.‎ ‎5) Before 1066, in the land we now call Great Britain lived peoples belonging to two major language groups.‎ 二十、疑问句 ‎1) Decision-thinking is not unlike poker—it often matters not only what you think, but also what others think you think and what you think they think you think.‎ 二十一、虚拟语气 1) If this state of affairs had lasted, English today would be close to German.‎ 2) Without the message, I would not have found you on the buoy.‎ 二十二、因果 1) As I was not experienced in cooking, I thought if a dozen was good, two dozen would be better, so I doubled everything.‎ 2) For about a century, French became the official language of England while Old English became the language of peasants. As a result, English words of Politics and the law come from French rather than German.‎ 3) However, because of the Bismarck’s speed and the heavy fog, they lost sight of her.‎ 4) Green told American Libraries he had the diary in his possession “about five minutes” when Luxmoore took it back because he had promised to show it to one other person.‎ 5) The hot sun had caused the dough to double in size and the fermenting yeast make the surface shake and sigh as though it were breathing.‎ 6) Careless methods of production and lack of consumer demand for environment (环境) friendly products have contributed to the pollution problem.‎ 7) Women’s friendships with each other rest on shared emotions and support, but men’s relationships are marked by shared activities.‎ 8) One result is that millions of tons of glass, paper, plastic, and metal containers are produced, and these are difficult to get rid of.‎ 9) The major market force rests in the growing Population of white-collar employees.‎ 10) Second, by trying to escape from present interests and imagine life far in the future, we may arrive at quite fresh ideas that we can use ourselves. For example, if we imagine that in the future men may give up farming, we can think of trying it now. So set your imagination free when you think about the future.‎ 11) ‎…the result is no sound. Therefore, by producing a perfect copy of the noise and delaying it by half a wave cycle, we can kill the unwanted noise.‎ 12) The Youth Summit was aimed at increasing understanding and friendship between young students of the two countries through visits and discussions.‎ 二十三、转折 1) He tried to enjoy the meal but seems disturbed.‎ 2) He always had an interest in word games and so, to fill his time, he planned a game which he called "Lexico". However, he was not completely satisfied with the game.‎ 3) Only a few years ago, it was impossible to find green products in Supermarkets, but now there are hundreds.‎ 4) If this state of affairs had lasted, English today would be close to German. But this state of affairs did not last.‎ 5) After the fire, Christopher Wren, the architect, wanted a city with wider streets and fine new house of stone. In fact, the streets are still narrow, but he did build more than fifty churches, among them the new St. Paul’s.‎ 1) The best treatment for fatness is to reduce the internal fat. But unfortunately it seems that dieting simply makes an apple-shaped person into a smaller apple and a pear-shaped person into a smaller pear.‎ 2) More than two-thirds of the single men Rubin interviewed could not name a best friend. Those who could were likely to name a woman.' Yet three-quarters of the single women had no problem naming a best friend, and almost always it was a woman.‎ 3) Metal that has been annealed(煅烧) is soft but does not break as easily.‎ 4) He did not go to school for very long, but he managed to teach himself everything he needed to know.‎ 5) He wanted to make some money from his new game but he didn’t have any real commercial success.‎ 6) People wearing safety belts are usually protected to the point of having a clear head to free themselves from such dangerous situations, not to be trapped in them.‎ 7) By the mid-nineteenth century, the term “icebox” had entered the American language, but ice was still only beginning to affect the diet of ordinary citizens in the United States. ‎ 8) The carpenter’s shop probably provided the frame and perhaps supplied the panel, and yet another shop supplied the gold.‎ 二十四、递进 1) As a result, English words of Politics and the law come from French rather than German. In some cases, modern English even shows a distinction (区别) between upper-class French and lower-class Anglo-Saxon in its words. We even have different words for some foods, meat in particular, depending on whether it is still out in the fields or at home ready to be cooked, which shows the fact that the Saxon peasants were doing the farming, while the upper-class Normans were doing most of the eating.‎ 2) In the longer run, too, American hotels made other national conventions not only possible but pleasant and convivial.‎ 二十五、特殊表达 1) No longer will the public accept the old attitude of "Buy it, use it, for it, throw it away, and forget it.”‎ 2) No matter what their age, their job, their sex, the results were completely clear.‎ 3) Decision-thinking is not unlike poker—it often matters not only what you think, but also what others think you think and what you think they think you think.‎ 4) In two week’s time Bergqvist’s ice creation(作品) will be nothing more than a pool of water.‎ 5) After all, what lively children wouldn't settle for spending only half the day doing ordinary school work, and acting, singing or dancing their way through the other half of the day?‎ 6) We walked in so quietly that the nurse at the desk didn’t even lift her eyes from the book.‎ 7) The young women was so moved by the act of the animal that she returned to he husband’s home.‎ 8) Fifty years ago, only 4 out of every 100 people in the United States were 65 or older.‎ 9) A strong wind blew the fire from the bakery into a small hotel next door.‎ 10) When two cars traveling at 30 mph hit each other, an unbelted driver would meet the windshield with a force equal to diving headfirst into the ground from a height of 10 meters.‎ 1) I hope very much to have the honour of interviewing you on our hundredth birthday.‎ 2) I would rather see you dead.‎ 3) ‎10) The board has a button for each class of recycling materials (as well as for unrecyclables).‎ 二十六、极端 1) Tuesday was the worst day.‎ 2) That change because of a man named Joseph Merlin.‎ 3) The fire stopped only when the King finally ordered people to destroy hundreds of buildings in the path of the fire.‎ 4) The adventure of the lost book began September 4 when Cory Luxmoore arrived form England to deliver the diary of his ancestor (祖先) to the Library Company, which he and his wife considered to be the best home for the diary.‎ 5) The fire started on Sunday morning in the house of the King’s bader in Pudding Lane.‎ 二十七、特殊之处 ‎1) While I watched mouth open in surprise, Mum took off her hat and coat and gave them to me to hold.‎ 二十八、结论 ‎1) A recent study showed that two out of five adults now consider the environmental safety of a product before they buy it.‎ 二十九、解决 ‎1) The best treatment for fatness is to reduce the internal fat.‎ 三十、解释 1) They hired a bathing machine. A bathing machine was used for changing in, and for taking the bather down to the sea.‎ 2) In their skins they have tiny plants which act as "dustman", taking some of the waste products from the coral and giving in return oxygen which the animal needs to breathe.‎ 3) Annealing is a way of making metal softer by heating it and then letting it cool very slowly.‎ 4) This means that companies must now change the way they make and sell their products to make sure that they are "green," that is, friendly to the environment.‎ 三十一、举例 1) As a result, English words of Politics and the law come from French rather than German. In some cases, modern English even shows a distinction (区别) between upper-class French and lower-class Anglo-Saxon in its words.‎ 2) The great mathematician John won Neumann was one of the founders of game theory. In particular, he showed that all games fall into two classes.‎ 3) Second, by trying to escape from present interests and imagine life far in the future, we may arrive at quite fresh ideas that we can use ourselves. For example, if we imagine that in the future men may give up farming, we can think of trying it now.‎ 三十二、手段 1) Car rentals(出租) are becoming more and more popular as an inexpensive way of taking to the roads.‎ 2) The idea of fighting a noise by making more noise sounds strange.‎ 1) Using this technique many carmakers are racing to develop noise-killing systems both inside and outside the cars.‎ 三十三、正话反说 ‎1) Sometimes an animal has a plant partner. The relationship develops until the two partners cannot manage without each other. This is so in the corals (珊瑚) of the sea. In their skins they have tiny plants which act as "dustman", taking some of the waste products from the coral and giving in return oxygen which the animal needs to breathe. If the plants are killed, or are even prevented from light so that they cannot live normally, the corals will die.‎ 三十四、人名和时间词 第四部分 词汇 1) A graduate might seek a position that offers specialized training, pursue an advanced degree, or travel abroad for a year.‎ 2) Copper was used for practical items, but it was not admired for its beauty.‎ 3) Each advance in microscopic technique has provided scientists with new perspectives on the function of living organisms and the nature of matter itself.‎ 1) The establishment of these posts opened new roads and provided for the protection of daring adventurers and expeditions as well as established settlers.‎ 2) Now those who would afford it could live far removed from the old city center and still commute there for work, shopping, and entertainment.‎ 3) These buildings were usually put up against cliffs, both to make construction easier and for defense against enemies.‎ 4) In the core of the Sun, the pressures are so great against the gases that, despite the high temperature, there may be a small solid core.‎ 5) But it was not newspapers alone that were bringing the new awareness to people in the United States in the late nineteenth century.‎ 6) However, in reality they are very different from plants and today they are placed in a separate group altogether.‎ 7) She also photographs away from her studio at various architectural sites, bringing camera, lights, mirrors, and a crew of assistants to transform the site into her own abstract image.‎ 8) Inventories of colonial libraries show an astonishing number of these handbooks for builders.‎ 9) On the average, people can keep about seven ideas in their minds at once.‎ 10) No further attempt to formally organize the growing numbers of watercolor painters in New York City was made for more than a decade.‎ 11) Besides their wear ability, beads possess the desirable characteristics of every collectible: they are durable, portable and available in infinite variety.‎ 12) If you look closely at some of the early copies of the Declaration of Independence, beyond the flourished signature of John Hancock and the other 55 men who signed it, you will also find the name of one woman, Mary Katherine Goddard.‎ 13) The pressure of the gases being breathed must equal the external pressure applied to the body; otherwise breathing is very difficult.‎ 14) The stump speech, a political speech given by traveling politicians and lasting 1 1/2 to 2 hours, which characterized nineteenth-century political discourse, has given way to the 30-second advertisement and the 10 second “sound bite” in broadcast news.‎ 15) The depression of the 1930’s and the war had held back marriages, and the catching-up process began after 1945.‎ 16) The entire colonial production of cloth and clothing and partially that of shoes was in the hands of women.‎ 17) Science involves imagination and creative thinking as well as collecting information and performing experiments.‎ 18) Farm dwellers not only found it harder to locate companions in play but also, thanks to the unending demands and pressures of their work, felt it necessary to combine fun with purpose.‎ 19) The nest is a deep cup, made of mud, to hold the eggs safely, compared with the shallow scrape of other gulls.‎ 20) As a result, claims that eating a diet consisting entirely of organically grown foods prevents or cures disease or provides other benefits to health have become widely publicized.‎ 21) Her first novel, With Shuddering Fall (1964), dealt with stock car racing, though she had never seen a race.‎ 22) Finally, in 1863, Congress provided that the mail carriers who delivered the mail from the post offices to private addresses should receive a government salary, and that there should be no extra charge for that delivery.‎ 23) The experiment was described in a paper presented to the Paris Academy in 1894.‎ 1) Sometimes soils are destroyed and transported mechanically during flooding.‎ 2) By the time the War of Independence broke out in 1776, Bird, angered and determined, was manufacturing cannons and shot at Hopewell to be used by the Continental Army.‎ 3) It is probably no coincidence that most flocks begin their migratory flights during the night.‎ 4) All the leaders were finally pardoned by President Johnson in1868 in an effort to help reconstruction efforts proceed with as little bitterness as possible.‎ 5) Growing urban populations created demand that encouraged fruit and vegetable farmers to raise more produce.‎ 6) Silver stood as one of the surest ways to store wealth at a time before neighborhood banks existed.‎ 7) No other set of colonists took so seriously one expression of the period, “Leisure is time for doing something useful,” in the countryside farmers therefore relieved the burden of the daily routine with such double-purpose relaxations as hunting, fishing, and trapping.‎ 8) Desert-adapted mammals have the further ability to feed normally when extremely dehydrated: it is a common experience in people that appetite is lost even under conditions of moderate thirst.‎ 9) But in the dry grazing lands of the West, that familiar blue joint grass was often killed by drought.‎ 10) The deep-ocean bottom is a hostile environment to humans, in some ways as forbidding and remote as the void of outer space.‎ 11) Fortunately, scientific and technological advances have overcome most of these problems.‎ 12) Tradition is paramount, and change comes infrequently and slowly.‎ 13) Abrasion due to daily wear alters the surface feature of beads, and if they are buried for long, the effects of corrosion can further change their appearance.‎ 14) By 1800 a complete internal iron skeleton for buildings had been developed in industrial architecture replacing traditional timber beams, but it generally remained concealed.‎ 15) Gradually, economic reality overcame ideology. Thousands abandoned the precarious life on the farm for more secure and better paying jobs in the city.‎ 16) With appropriate banking of the extra food, the Mandans protected themselves against the disaster of crop failure and accompanying hunger.‎ 17) These events typically included horse races, wrestling matches, and foot races, as well as some nonathletic events such as whistling competitions.‎ 18) Resuming their journey in the spring of 1805, the men worked their way along the Missouri to its source and then crossed the mountains of western Montana and Idaho.‎ 19) When Jules Verne wrote Journey to the Center of the Earth in 1864, there were many conflicting theories about the nature of the Earth’s interior.‎ 20) Neither the harshness of existence on the new continent nor the scattered population nor the disapproval of the clergy discouraged the majority from the pursuit of pleasure.‎ 21) The vast majority of women worked within their homes, where their labor produced most articles needed for the family.‎ 22) When two plates carrying continents collide, the continental blocks, too light to be drawn down, continue to float and therefore buckle to form a mountain chain along the length of the margin of the plates.‎ 23) The rapid destruction of the tropical rain forests, which are the ecosystems with the highest known species diversity on Earth, has awakened people to the importance and fragility of biological diversity.‎ 24) Nevertheless, it has been said that today children interrupt their education to go to school.‎ 25) The notion that an artist could or would dash off an idea in a fit of spontaneous inspiration was completely alien to these deliberately produced works.‎ 1) Unfortunately, the more industrialized we become the farther away we move from direct contact with plants.‎ 2) To help meet this difficulty, film distributing companies started the practice of publishing suggestions for musical accompaniments.‎ 3) When disturbed, a sea anemone retracts its tentacles and shortens its body so that it resembles a lump on a rock.‎ 4) In the middle class especially, men participated in the productive economy while women ruled the home and served as the custodians of civility and culture.‎ 5) Two reasons are usually advanced to account for this tardy development, namely, the mental difficulties and the physical difficulties encountered in such work.‎ 6) Neither the farmers of the west nor the merchants of the east were completely satisfied with this pattern of trade.‎ 7) Unlike metals that flow or “freeze” at specific temperatures, glass progressively softens as the temperature rises. ‎ 8) They divided the work. Hazen methodically screened and cultured scores of soil samples, which she then sent to her partner, who prepared extracts and shipped them back to New York, where Hazen could study their biological properties.‎ 9) The mineral particles found in soil range in size from microscopic clay particles to large boulders.‎ 10) Perhaps the most obvious way artistic creations reflect how people live is by mirroring the environment—the materials and technologies available to a culture.‎ 11) These were the tools used more or less by all people who worked with wood: carpenters, barrel makers, and shipwrights.‎ 12) However, the amount of helium that could have been produced in this manner can be calculated, and it turns out to be no more than a few percent.‎ 13) Science is built with facts just as a house is built with bricks, but a collection of facts cannot be called science any more than a pile of bricks can be called a house.‎ 14) motor 15) Although recent years have been reductions in pollutant from individual motor vehicles, the number of such vehicles has been increasing.‎ 16) nail 17) Some nails—forged by hand—were used, but no screws or glue.‎ 18) He nailed the servant’s shoes to the floor on Monday, then laughed, because he put his feet in them and fell down.‎ 19) A decision-making worksheet begins with a succinct statement of the problem that will also help to narrow it.‎ 20) Crows are probably the most frequently met and easily identifiable members of the native fauna of the United States.‎ 21) When he used an icebox of his own design to transport his butter to market, he found that customers would pass up the rapidly melting stuff in the tubs of his competitors to pay a premium price for his butter, still fresh and hard in neat, one-pound bricks.‎ 22) The nervous system of vertebrates is characterized by a hollow, dorsal nerve cord that ends in the head region as an enlargement, the brain.‎ 23) Air currents move and lift droplets so that the net downward displacement is zero, even though the droplets are in constant motion.‎ 24) This may occur in areas of high rainfall or in coastal regions where rivers flow into the ocean.‎ 25) Even scratches found on fossil human teeth offer clues.‎ 26) Only rarely do these competing forces of heat and cold operate in perfect balance to create a ‎ phenomenon such as the steam caves at Mount Rainier National Park. ‎ 1) Committee membership rotates every year, so that new voices and opinions are constantly heard.‎ 2) Most of the material universe is organized into galaxies of stars, together with gas and dust.‎ 3) It is known that a cat or a dog reacts to its own image in a mirror, but often it treats it as that of another individual whose behavior very soon becomes puzzling and boring.‎ 4) Rent control is the system whereby the local government tells building owners how much they can charge their tenants in rent.‎ 5) They lived right on the frozen seas in shelters called igloos built of blocks of packed snow.‎ 6) The female kittiwake sits when mating, whereas other gulls stand, so the pair will not overbalance and fall off the ledge.‎ 7) The pale, smooth desert plain provides a perfect backdrop for spotting meteorites, which are usually dark brown of black.‎ 8) Partly this decline reflected the low level of births during the depression and the war, but it was also caused by changes in Canadian society.‎ 9) At that point the trains turned their freight, mail, and passengers over to steamboats, wagons, and stagecoaches.‎ 10) This record has already provided insights into the patterns and causes of past climatic change.‎ 11) The baby boom continued through the decade of the 1950’s, producing a population increase of nearly fifteen percent in the five years from 1951 to 1956.‎ 12) The piano was perfected in the early eighteenth century by a harpsichord maker in Italy.‎ 13) The Puritans, the religious sect that dominated the early British colonies in North America, regarded idleness as a sin, and believed that life in an underdevelopment country made it absolutely necessary that each member of the community perform an economic function.‎ 14) This cohesive strength permits columns of water to be pulled to great heights without being broken.‎ 15) At interpersonal levels, the tone may reflect ideas and feelings over and above the words chosen, or may belie them.‎ 16) White paint began to take the place of blues, yellows, greens and lead colors, which had been popular for walls in the earlier years.‎ 17) From this stable platform, scientists lowered drilling pipes into waters four miles deep to scoop up cores of ocean sediment.‎ 18) A person conveys thoughts and ideas through choice of words, by a tone of voice that is pleasant or unpleasant, gentle or harsh, by the rhythm that is inherent within the language itself, and by speech rhythms that are flowing and regular or uneven and hesitant, and finally, by the pitch and melody of the utterance.‎ 19) Air pollution requires a very flexible definition that permits continuous change.‎ 20) The acute, growing public awareness of the social changes was tied to tremendous growth in popular journalism in the late nineteenth century, including growth in quantity and circulation of both magazines and newspapers.‎ 21) This meant that a population the size of Boston was arriving every years, and most of it flowed into the port cities in the Northeast.‎ 22) The possession of hard parts, either internal or external, such as bones, teeth, scales, shells, and wood; these parts remain after the rest of the organism has decayed.‎ 23) Between 1882 and 1886 alone, the price of daily newspapers dropped from four cents a copy to one cent, made possible in part by a great increase in demand.‎ 1) The ashes were placed in a barrel with holes in the bottom, and water was poured over them.‎ 2) The perishable commodities of trade generally came under state inspection, and such important frontier staples as lumber and gunpowder were also subject to state control.‎ 3) The eighteenth century was not one in which powerful sculptural conceptions were developed.‎ 4) The first practical machine for producing barbed wire was invented in 1874 by an Illinois farmer.‎ 5) In winter especially, it is important for birds to keep warm at night and conserve precious food reserves.‎ 6) In 15 or 30 seconds, a speaker cannot establish the historical context that shaped the issue in question, cannot detail the probable causes of the problem, and cannot examine alternative proposals to argue that one is preferable to others. In snippets, politicians assert but do not argue.‎ 7) The commonsense notion that the best icebox was one that prevented the ice from melting was of course mistaken, for it was the melting of the ice that performed the cooling.‎ 8) The self-educated son of a Delaware farmer, Evans early became obsessed by the possibilities of mechanized production and steam power.‎ 9) The dream of building an x-ray microscope dates to 1895; its development, however, was virtually halted in the 1940’s because the development of the electron microscope was progressing rapidly.‎ 10) These new urbanites, already convinced that cities were overwhelmed with great problems, eagerly embraced the progressive reforms that promised to bring order out of the chaos of the city.‎ 11) Similarly, these boxes should be protected from direct sunlight to avoid high temperatures that are also fatal to the growing embryo.‎ 12) It quickly proved a financial success as well.‎ 13) The range of the New York canal system was still further extended when the states of Ohio and Indiana, inspired by the success of the Erie Canal, provided water connections between Lake Erie and the Ohio River.‎ 14) But plants can move water much higher: the sequoia tree can pump water to its very top, more than 100 meters above the ground.‎ 15) Other explanations for the movement of water in plants have been based on root pressure, a push on the water from the roots at the bottom of the plant.‎ 16) ‎“In a quarter of a century, ”claimed the Omaha Daily Republican in 1883, “they have made the people of the United States homogeneous, breaking through the peculiarities and provincialisms which marked separate sections.‎ 17) The bustle and social interaction of urban life seemed particularly intriguing to those raised in rural isolation.‎ 18) If an animal were able to recognize its reflection in a mirror as “self,” then it could be said to possess an awareness of self, or consciousness.‎ 19) Over 1,000 fragments from 150 meteorites that fell during the last 20,000 years have been recovered.‎ 20) So there is real cause for concern if consumers, particularly those with limited incomes, distrust the regular food supply and buy only expensive organic foods instead.‎ 1) Once the right insect has been attracted, some orchids present all sorts of one-way obstacle courses to make sure it does not leave until pollen has been accurately placed or removed.‎ 2) Silversmiths complied with these requests by melting the money in a small furnace, adding a bit of copper to form a stronger alloy, and casting the alloy in rectangular blocks.‎ 3) Although the birth rate continued to decline, the population roughly doubled every generation during the rest of the nineteenth centuries.‎ 4) And today, a global civilization is ruining the global environment.‎ 5) Because I, at twenty-two, knew next to nothing of his work, and he didn’t scold me; he just gave me a stack of his books.‎ 6) If observations do not confirm the predictions, the scientists must search further.‎ 7) The tight arrangement enabled the Mandans to protect themselves more easily from the attacks of others who might seek to obtain some of the food these highly capable farmers stored from one years to the next.‎ 8) Since the conductor seldom saw the films until the night before they were to be shown (if, indeed, the conductor was lucky enough to see them then), the musical arrangement was normally improvised in the greatest hurry.‎ 9) For the most part, the literature in which the railroad plays an important role belongs to popular culture rather than to the realm of serious art.‎ 10) Forts also served as bases where enterprising entrepreneurs could bring commerce to the West, providing supplies and refreshments to soldiers as well as to pioneers.‎ 11) This rate of increase had been exceeded only once before in Canada’s history, in the decade before 1911 then the prairies were being settled.‎ 12) One impact of the new household technology was to draw sharp dividing lines between women of different classes and regions.‎ 13) At any other time, the corona can be seen only when special instruments are used on cameras and telescopes to shut out the glare of the Sun’s rays.‎ 14) Accustomed though we are to speaking of the films made before 1927 as “silent,” the film has never been, in the full sense of the word, silent.‎ 15) This heavy water sinks and is found in the deeper portions of the oceans of the world.‎ 16) Nature provides many situations in which the remains of animals and plants are protected against destruction.‎ 17) In the railroads’ prime years, between 1890 and 1920, there were a few individuals in the United States, most of them with solid railroading experience behind them, who made a profession of writing about railroading.‎ 18) The Native Americans of northern California were highly skilled at basketry, using the reeds, grasses, barks, and roots they found around them to fashion articles of all sorts and sizes—not only trays, containers, and cooking pots, but hats, boats, fish traps, baby carriers, and ceremonial objects.‎ 19) If it were not for this faculty, they would devour all the food available in a short time and would probably starve themselves out of existence.‎ 20) The prosperity of the Erie encouraged the state to enlarge its canal system by building several branches.‎ 21) The Douglas fir suffers a marked decrease in growth, often dying within seven years.‎ 22) Lewis and Clark brought back much new information, including the knowledge that the continent was wider than originally supposed.‎ 23) The way that seismic waves travel shows that the Earth’s interior is far from uniform.‎ 24) These researchers have sought to demonstrate that their work can be a valuable tool not only of science but also of history, providing fresh insights into the daily lives of ordinary ‎ people whose existences might not otherwise be so well documented.‎ 1) Objects in the universe show a variety of shapes: round planets (some with rings), tailed comets, wispy cosmic gas and dust clouds, ringed nebulae, pinwheel-shaped spiral galaxies, and so on.‎ 第五部分 阅读训练题 Passage 1‎ Some people were queuing outside the Scalar Theatre for tickets for a very popular show. They had to wait for several hours, and during that time they were entertained by a young man who was playing very nicely on a trumpet. The queue enjoyed his music and put quite a lot of money in the box that he had on the ground in front of him.‎ At last one of the people in the queue said to him, “You play too well to be a beggar.”‎ ‎“I’m not a beggar”, the young man said. “I’m studying to be a trumpet player in a big band, and I have to practise several hours every day, so I thought it would be nice to do it in the fresh air instead of in my small room on days when the weather was nice—and also to get a bit of money at the same time.”‎ ‎1. The tickets for the show___. ‎ A. were difficult to buy B. were easy to get C. were sold out in a short while D. were not to be sold out ‎2. Why were there so many people waiting outside the Scala Theatre? Because ___. ‎ A. there was a young man playing very nicely on a trumpet B. part of the show at the theatre was a popular entertainment by the young man who played the trumpet C. the show was very popular D. the weather was nice ‎3. The young man ___.‎ ‎ A. was a beggar B. played better than the usual beggars ‎ C. played the trumpet in the band at the Scala Theatre ‎ D. played in his small room in good weather with his windows open to get fresh air ‎4. The young man could ___ by doing so. ‎ ‎ A. get some money ‎ B. practise playing on the trumpet ‎ C. get fresh air ‎ D. all of the above.‎ ‎5. The people were willing to give the money to the young man because ___. ‎ ‎ A. they felt great sympathy for him ‎ B. they were entertained by him ‎ C. he always played on the trumpet ‎ D. they wanted to help him Passage 2‎ ‎ A young man went to a town and worked there. He did not have a wife and a servant did the work in his house.‎ The young man liked laughing a lot. He nailed the servant’s shoes to the floor on Monday, and then laughed, because he put his feet in them and fell down.‎ The servant was not angry, but smiled.‎ Then the young man put brushes in his bed on Tuesday. The servant got into bed and hit the brushes with his feet. He was afraid. The young man laughed loudly again. Again the servant was not angry, but smiled.‎ Then on Wednesday the young man said to his servant, “You’re a nice, kind man. I am not going to be unkind to you again.”‎ The servant smiled and said, “And I’m not going to put any more mud from the street in your coffee.”‎ ‎1. The young man went to a town ___. ‎ ‎ A. to study B. to work ‎ C. to see his relative D. to spend his holiday ‎2. He played a joke on the servant because . ‎ ‎ A. he hated him ‎ B. he was not satisfied with the food the servant prepared for him ‎ C. he wanted to get pleasure ‎ D. he liked to show off himself ‎3. When the young man played a joke on him, the servant was not angry but smiled because ___. ‎ ‎ A. he liked the young man’s action ‎ B. making the young man laugh is his job ‎ C. he was afraid to be fired ‎ D. he thought he shouldn’t be angry with a child ‎4. What did the servant do in return to the young man? ‎ ‎ A. He stole something from the house.‎ ‎ B. He gave a smile to the young man.‎ ‎ C. He had a fight with him.‎ ‎ D. He put mud into the young man’s coffee.‎ ‎5. Why did the young man stop playing jokes on the servant? Because ___. ‎ ‎ A. the servant showed kind and nice behaviour to him ‎ B. the servant told him the truth ‎ C. he wanted to be a good man ‎ D. his father told him to do so Passage 3‎ One day a lawyer’s wife fell ill, and he went to get a doctor. The doctor willingly came to see the woman and to do what he could for her, but before he went into the house, he made a short stop. He knew that the lawyer was famous for not paying his bills, even if they were due(正当的). He therefore said to the man. “But if I save your wife, I am afraid you may not pay me.”‎ ‎“Sir,” replied the lawyer. “Here I have $ 500, whether you cure my wife or you kill her. I’ll give you all this.”‎ The doctor was reassured(使消除疑虑) and went into the house. When he reached the woman’s bedside, it soon became clear to him that he could do little. She was seriously ill, and though he prescribed(开药方) her medicine, she soon died.‎ He told the lawyer he was very sorry, and then asked for the money which he had promised. “Did you kill my wife?” asked the lawyer. “Of course I didn’t,” said the doctor. “Well! Did you cure my wife?” asked the man. “I’m afraid that was impossible,” replied the doctor. “Well, then since you neither killed my wife nor cured her, I have nothing to pay you.”‎ ‎1. One day a lawyer’s wife fell ill, and the lawyer ___. ‎ ‎ A. cured his wife ‎ B. got a doctor for her ‎ C. got some medicine for her illness ‎ D. promised to pay $ 500 to the doctor ‎2. Before entering the lawyer’s house the doctor stopped for a while, because ___. ‎ ‎ A. the doctor wanted to ask something about his wife’s illness ‎ B. the doctor thought it impossible to save the woman ‎ C. the doctor was afraid that the lawyer would refuse to pay him ‎ D. the lawyer was too poor to pay his bills ‎3. Because the lawyer’s wife was seriously ill, the doctor ___. ‎ ‎ A. couldn’t do much and didn't save her life ‎ B. tried his best and saved her at last ‎ C. had to do everything he could for her ‎ D. had to spend a lot of time to cure her ‎4. After that the doctor ___. ‎ ‎ A. got nothing but the money for the medicine ‎ B. got nothing but the money the lawyer had promised ‎ C. got nothing from the lawyer ‎ D. wanted nothing from the lawyer because he didn't cure the patient ‎5. From the story, we know __. ‎ ‎ A. the lawyer was very clever ‎ B. how the lawyer’s wife died ‎ C. the doctor was stupid enough to be fooled ‎ D. the lawyer was dishonest and that he fooled the doctor Passage 4‎ ‎ Mr. Smith gave his wife ten pounds for her birthday—ten pretty pound notes. So the day after her birthday, Mrs. Smith went shopping. She queued(排队) for a bus, got on and sat down next to an old lady. After a while, she noticed that the old lady’s handbag was open. Inside it se saw a wad(卷，叠) of pound notes exactly like the ones her husband had given her. So she quickly looked into her own bag, the notes were gone! Mrs. Smith was sure that the old lady who was sitting next to her had stolen them. She thought she had to call the police, but, as she disliked making a fuss and getting people into trouble, she decided to take back the money from the old lady’s handbag and didn’t say anything. She looked round the bus to make sure nobody was watching, and then she carefully put her hand into the old lady’s bag, took the notes, and put them in her own bag.‎ When she got home that evening, she showed her husband the beautiful hat she had bought.‎ ‎“How did you pay for it?” he asked.‎ ‎“With the money you gave me for my birthday, of course,” she replied.‎ ‎“Oh, what’s that, then?” he asked as he pointed to a wad of ten pound on the table.‎ ‎1. Mr. Smith gave his wife ten pound ___. ‎ ‎ A. for her to buy a hat ‎ B. as her birthday present ‎ C. for her to buy a bag ‎ D. for her to spend on her birthday ‎2. In the bus, Mrs. Smith ___. ‎ ‎ A. lost her ten pound notes ‎ B. took the old lady as a thief ‎ C. cut the old lady’s bag open ‎ D. couldn't find a seat ‎3. “fuss” perhaps means “____”. ‎ ‎ A. unnecessary nervous excitement or activity (大惊小怪)‎ ‎ B. happy feelings ‎ C. loud noise ‎ D. calling for help ‎4. She looked round the bus before she put her hand into the old lady’s bag, because __. ‎ ‎ A. she was afraid that the others would took her as a thief ‎ B. she wanted to steal the money ‎ C. she wanted to make sure whether there was a policeman in the bus ‎ D. she didn’t want to get people into trouble ‎5. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE? ‎ ‎ A. Mrs. Smith took the old lady’s money by mistake.‎ ‎ B. Mrs. Smith left her money at home.‎ ‎ C. Mrs. Smith bought the hat with the money her husband gave her.‎ ‎ D. The money in the bag was the old lady’s.‎ Passage 5‎ ‎ Early on Saturday morning Ann brought her nephew(侄子) Sam to her friends, Bill and Kate, and asked them to look after him for the day. Sam, an independent boy of six years old, had black hair and was wearing a pair of jeans(工装裤) and a bright yellow shirt.‎ ‎ At eleven o’clock Bill took Sam into town. Sam walked along behind Bill, looking at the windows of all the shops they passed. After lunch they went to the park and walked about. The whole place was very crowded. Bill stopped to buy some chocolate. When he turned round to give some to Sam, the boy wasn’t there. Bill ran round calling Sam, but he couldn’t find him. About an hour later, just in front of a shop, he saw the black hair, the pair of jeans and the bright yellow shirt. The boy looked as if he was waiting for someone to come out of the shop. Bill ran across the road, took the boy by the hand and hurried off, as it was quite late. The boy began to cry and pull hard, but Bill, who didn’t know much about children, couldn’t understand a word the boy was saying. All the boy made a lot of noise.‎ When they got home at last, Bill went straight to the kitchen, with the boy still crying. At the door Bill stopped in amazement. There, sitting at the kitchen table with Kate, was a small boy with black hair, in a pair of jeans and a bright yellow shirt.‎ ‎1. “an independent boy” means a boy ___. ‎ ‎ A. living alone ‎ B. habitually taking actions or decisions alone ‎ C. earns enough money to live on ‎ D. not controlled by others ‎2. The boy in front of a shop looked as if he was waiting for ___. ‎ ‎ A. Ann B. Bill C. his mother D. someone to come out of the shop ‎3. Bill couldn’t understand what the boy was saying because ___. ‎ ‎ A. he didn’t know much about children ‎ B. the boy was crying and making noises ‎ C. the boy was too afraid to speak clearly ‎ D. the boy wasn’t Sam ‎4. The small boy sitting at the kitchen table was ___. ‎ ‎ A. a new boy ‎ B. Sam ‎ C. Kate’s nephew ‎ D. a boy we don’t know about ‎5. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE? ‎ ‎ A. Ann brought her nephew Sam to Bill and Kate on Saturday morning.‎ ‎ B. Sam disappeared when Bill stopped to buy some chocolate.‎ ‎ C. Sam came back by himself ‎ D. Sam liked Kate better than Bill ‎ Passage 6‎ ‎ It was Monday, Mrs. Smith’s dog was hungry, but there was not any meat in the house.‎ ‎ Considering that there was no better way, Mrs. Smith took a piece of paper, and wrote the following words on it: “Give my dog half a pound of meat.” Then she gave the paper to her dog and said gently: Take this to the butcher(卖肉者), and he’s going to give you your lunch today.”‎ Holding the piece of paper in its mouth, the dog ran to the butcher’s shop. It gave the paper to the butcher. The butcher read it carefully, recognized that it was really the lady’s handwriting and presently did as he was asked to. The dog was very happy, and ate the meat up immediately.‎ At midday(正午), the dog came to the shop again. It gave the butcher a piece of paper again. After reading it, he gave it half a pound of meat once more.‎ The next day, the dog came again exactly at midday. And as usual, it brought a piece of paper in the mouth. This time, the butcher did not take a look at the paper, and gave the dog its meat, for he had regarded the dog as one of his customers(顾客).‎ But, the dog came again at four o’clock. And the same thing happened once again. To the butcher’s more surprise, it came for the third time at six o’clock, and brought with it a third piece of paper. The butcher felt a bit puzzled. He said to himself, “This is a small dog. Why does Mrs. Smith give it so much meat to eat today?”‎ Looking at the piece of paper, he found that there were not any words on it!‎ ‎1. Mrs. Smith treated her little dog quite ___. ‎ ‎ A. cruelly B. kindly ‎ C. badly D. unfairly ‎2. It seemed that the dog knew well that the paper its master gave it ___. ‎ ‎ A. might do it much harm ‎ B. could do it much good ‎ C. would give the butcher some meat ‎ D. was worth many pounds ‎3. The butcher did not give any meat to the dog ___. ‎ ‎ A. when he found the words on the paper were not very clear ‎ B. because he happened to have sold out all the meat in his shop ‎ C. before he felt sure that the words were really written by Mrs. Smith ‎ D. until he was paid enough by Mrs. Smith ‎4. From its experience, the dog found that ___. ‎ ‎ A. only the paper with Mrs. Smith’s words on it could bring it meat ‎ B. the butcher would give the meat to it whenever he saw it ‎ C. a piece of paper could bring him half a pound of meat ‎ D. Mrs. Smith would pay for the meat it got from the butcher ‎5. At the end of the story, you’ll find that ___. ‎ ‎ A. the butcher found himself cheated by the smart animal ‎ B. the dog was clever enough to write on the paper ‎ C. the dog dared not go to the butcher’s any more ‎ D. the butcher was told not to give any meat to the dog Passage 7‎ ‎ Few animals besides monkeys have hand-like paws. The monkey, like man, has an opposable thumb----that is, it can place its thumb opposite its other fingers. By pressing its first finger against its thumb a monkey can pick up things as tiny as a flea(跳蚤)。 Because other animals lack this thumb, it is difficult for them to pick up small things and carry them. ‎ The monkey’s ability to grasp rice with its paw often leads to its capture. Hunters put some rice inside a coconut(椰子果), leaving a hole in the shell of the nut. The monkey has no trouble sliding its paw through the hole. But it can’t draw the paw out while it is holding the rice with its paw. ‎ Since it is often too stupid or greedy to open its hand, the monkey is unable to free itself from this simple trap (圈套).‎ ‎1. According to the passage, not many animals have . ‎ A. Paws with fingers. ‎ B. Paws with thumbs. ‎ C. Paws without fingers. ‎ D. Paws without thumbs and fingers. ‎ ‎2. An opposable thumb is a thumb that can . ‎ A. Pick up things. ‎ B. Be place against the other fingers. ‎ C. Press against the opposite thumb. ‎ D. Press against anything. ‎ ‎3. A monkey can pick up small objects by pushing its thumb against . ‎ A. One of its fingers. ‎ B. All its fingers. ‎ C. Its paw. ‎ D. The objects. ‎ ‎4. Hunters can catch monkeys by a coconut trap because monkeys . ‎ A. are too greedy for the coconut they have found. ‎ B. Have trouble finding out the rice. ‎ C. Usually keep their paws closed to hold the rice. ‎ D. Like to eat rice but not the coconut. ‎ ‎5. The success or failure of a coconut trap depends on . ‎ A. What kind of rice is in the coconut? ‎ B. How many holes are in the coconut shell. ‎ C. How large the coconut is. ‎ D. Whether the monkey will give up the rice. ‎ Passage 8‎ When Sanford began reading Professor Matthews’ instructions for the essay of the midterm, he was confident that he would get a high grade. Sanford read the five essay topics and decided to spend ten minutes on each. He finished the exam early and used the extra time to reread his essays. After changing a few words, Sanford was confident that he had done well.‎ Sanford was shocked to discover that he had failed the midterm. He read Professor Matthews’ comments and soon understood the reason for his failure. Sanford had not read the instructions properly. Professor Matthews’ instructions clearly required a choice of two of the five essays. Therefore, each essay was worth fifty points. Sanford had written briefly about all five essays and had not developed any two of them as fully as he should according to the directions.‎ ‎1. How many essay topics did Professor Matthews give to his students? ___ . ‎ ‎ A. Two B. Ten ‎ C. Five D. Seven ‎2. Sanford failed the midterm exam because ___ . ‎ ‎ A. the Professor had made a mistake ‎ B. he had not written the essays according to the directions ‎ C. he was too confident ‎ D. he was always careless ‎3. According to the passage, which of the following statements is TURE? ‎ ‎ A. When he had read Professor Matthews’ instructions for the essay of the midterm, Sanford did not know how to do.‎ ‎ B. Professor Matthews’ essay topics seemed very easy to Sanford.‎ ‎ C. Sanford wrote all of the essay topics, but he wrote mainly two of them.‎ ‎ D. Sanford did not agree with Professor Matthews.‎ ‎4. What's the meaning of the word “confident” in this passage? ‎ ‎ A. Feeling sure. B. Feeling afraid.‎ ‎ C. Feeling worried. D. Feeling doubted.‎ ‎5. The passage tells us that ___ . ‎ ‎ A. We must not write all the topics in an exam ‎ B. We must be confident in an exam ‎ C. We must choose two of the essay topics and develop them fully ‎ D. It is very important and necessary to read the directions carefully Passage 9‎ As a boy, Sanders was much influenced(影响) by books about the sea, but by the age of fifteen he had decided to become a doctor rather than a sailor. His father was a doctor. So he was often with the doctors and got along very well with them. When he was fourteen, he was already hanging around the hospital where he was supposed to be helping to clean the medicine bottles, but was actually trying to listen to the doctors’ conversations with patients in the next room.‎ During the war Sanders served in the army as a surgeon(外科医生). “That was the happiest time of my life. I was dealing with real sufferers and on the whole making a success of my job.” In Rhodes he taught the country people simple facts about medicine. He saw himself as a life-saver. He had proved his skill to himself and had a firm belief that he could serve those who lived simply, and were dependent upon him. Thus, while in a position to tell them what to do he could feel he was serving them.‎ After the war, he married and set up a practice deep in the English countryside, working under an old doctor who hated the sight of blood. This gave the younger man plenty of opportunity(机会) to go on working as a life-saver.‎ ‎1. When he was a small boy, books about the sea had made Sanders want to be ___. ‎ ‎ A. a surgeon B. an army man C. a sailor D. a life-saver ‎2. At the age of 14, Sanders ___. ‎ ‎ A. worked as a doctor by cleaning the medicine bottles ‎ B. met some doctors who were very friendly to him ‎ C. was interested in talking with patients ‎ D. remained together with the doctors ‎3. His experience in the Army proved that ___. ‎ ‎ A. he was good at medical operations on the wounded ‎ B. he succeeded in teaching people how to save their lives themselves ‎ C. a doctor was the happiest man ‎ D. his wish of being a life-saver could hardly come true ‎4. Having proved his skill to himself, Sanders ___. ‎ ‎ A. wanted to live a simple life like a countryman ‎ B. came to realize that he was really working for his countrymen ‎ C. taught himself life-saving ‎ D. was highly respected by the old doctor ‎5. When the war was over, he ___. ‎ ‎ A. learned from an old doctor because he was popular ‎ B. started to hate the sight of blood while working ‎ C. served the countrymen under an old doctor who needed someone to help him ‎ D. had few chances to be a “life-saver” because he was younger Passage 10‎ Jim was a young man in his early twenties who was studying to be a carpenter. He was a ‎ good worker, honest and worthy of trust, so his boss was pleased with him. As he was such a likable man and easy to deal with, he was popular with his workmates, too. They also made fun of him a great deal but he never got angry with them and would only laugh.‎ But Jim’s one great shortcoming was that he could never tell a lie, no matter how hard he tried, not even a little one. In fact, he was so honest and shy that he would blush even when he was telling the truth. He used to stand in front of the mirror and practise lying while looking himself in the eyes at the same time. But as soon as he saw his face starting to go red he had to look away.‎ One morning, however, he didn’t feel like going to work because he had been to a party the night before and it hadn’t ended till the early hours of the morning. And so far the first time in his life he decided to take the day off. He rang his boss, pretending to be a woman. “I’m afraid Jim can’t come to work today. He isn’t feeling very well.”‎ Poor Jim was thankful that his boss couldn’t see him just at that moment because his hands were trembling(发抖) and his face was bright red.‎ ‎“Thank you for letting me know,” said Mr. Woods, his boss, and then just as he was about to hang up, he said, “just a moment, madam, who’s speaking.”‎ ‎“Oh!” he stammered (口吃的说), and going all out for making a voice like a woman, he cried in a voice: “This is my landlady speaking!”‎ ‎1. Jim was ___. ‎ ‎ A. mid-aged B. a teen-ager(青少年)‎ ‎ C. over 25 D. between 20 to 25‎ ‎2. He was a ___. ‎ ‎ A. skillful worker ‎ B. skillful carpenter ‎ C. researcher studying how to be a carpenter ‎ D. being-trained carpenter ‎3. His boss was ___ with him. ‎ ‎ A. displeased B. not pleased ‎ C. satisfied D. unpleased ‎4. His workmates used to ___. ‎ ‎ A. laugh at him B. cheat him ‎ C. beat him D. play with him ‎5. Telling lies always made him ___. ‎ ‎ A. go blue B. go while C. go red D. feel hot ‎6. At the end of the story poor Jim let the cat ___. ‎ ‎ A. out of the bag B. out of the house ‎ C. into the bag D. into the house Passage 11‎ As we all know, it was Thomas Jefferson who wrote the Declaration of the Independence. He wrote it in two weeks, and after a few changes, it was accepted by the Congress. As a result, he became famous.‎ Born in Virginia, Thomas Jefferson, a brilliant student at school and almost talented lawyer later, was much interested in politics.‎ Jefferson was elected Governor of Virginia in 1779, and he was sent to France as the representative of the American government in 1784. Sixteen years later, at the age of 57, he was elected president after Washington and Adams. ‎ Far from a handsome man, he was tall with long arms and big hands. Jefferson, who was an amusing talker in conversation but a poor speaker, was generally good-natured.‎ Jefferson was regarded as a defender of freedom on America. As a president, he protected the right of free speech. Interestingly enough, in his eight years as President, Jefferson never vetoed a bill which Congress had passed. He did a lot in organizing the new University of Virginia.‎ Thomas Jefferson died on July the fourth, 1826, the 50th anniversary of American Independence.‎ ‎1. From the passage we can infer that America won its independence in ___. ‎ ‎ A. 1786 B. 1776 C. 1842 D. 1800‎ ‎2. How old was Thomas Jefferson when he became Governor of Virginia? ‎ ‎ A. He was 26. B. He was in his forties.‎ ‎ C. He was 36. D. We don't know.‎ ‎3. Which of the following statements is true? ‎ ‎ A. Jefferson was not only very talented but also very handsome.‎ ‎ B. Jefferson was not an easy person to get along with.‎ ‎ C. Jefferson was an amusing talker, but not good at speaking in public.‎ ‎ D. Not being politically-minded, Jefferson never vetoed a bill passed by the Congress.‎ ‎4. Jefferson died when he was ____. ‎ ‎ A.72 B. 73 C. 83 D. 92‎ ‎5. Jefferson’s greatest contribution in American history should be that ___. ‎ ‎ A. he did a lot in organizing the new University of Virginia ‎ ‎ B. he was strongly against the slavery ‎ C. he was for the right of free speech ‎ D. he wrote the Declaration of Independence Passage 12‎ In 1933 an unknown American called Clarence Nash went to see the film-maker Walter Disney. He had an unusual voice and he wanted to work in Disney’s cartoon film for children. When Walter Disney heard Nash’s voice, he said, “Stop! That’s our duck!”‎ The duck was the now-famous Donald Duck, who first appeared in 1934 in the film, The Wise Little Hen. Donald lived in an old houseboat and worn his sailor jacket and hat. Later that year he became a star after an eight minute Mickey Mouse film. The cinema audiences liked him because he was lazy and greedy, and because he lost his temper very easily. And they loved his voice when he became angry with Mickey’s eight nephews. Soon Donald was more popular than Mickey Mouse himself, probably because he wasn’t a goody-goody, like Mickey.‎ In the 1930s, 1940s, and 1950s, Donald and his friends Mickey, Goofy and Pluto made hundreds of Disney cartoons. He also made educational film about the place of the USA in the world, and safety in the home. Then in 1966 Donald Duck and his voice disappeared—there were no more new cartoons.‎ Clarence Nash died in February, 1985. But today’s Children can still see the old cartoons on the television and hear that famous voice.‎ ‎1. Who made Donald Duck cartoons? ‎ ‎ A. Mickey Mouse. B. Clarence Nash.‎ ‎ C. Walter Disney. D. Pluto.‎ ‎2. When did the first Donald Duck film appear? ‎ ‎ A. In 1933 B. In 1934‎ ‎ C. In 1966 D. In 1965‎ ‎3. Who was Clarence Nash? ‎ ‎ A. A cartoonist.‎ ‎ B. A writer.‎ ‎ C. A film maker.‎ ‎ D. The man who made the voice for Donald Duck.‎ ‎4. Where do today’s children see Donald Duck cartoons? ‎ ‎ A. In new cartoons. B. At the cinema.‎ ‎ C. On television. D. In the theatre.‎ ‎5. Why did people like Donald better than Mickey Mouse? ‎ ‎ A. Probably because he was lazy and greedy.‎ ‎ B. Probably because he wasn’t a goody—goody like Mickey.‎ ‎ C. Probably because he lost his temper very easily.‎ ‎ D. Probably because he became angry with Mickey’s eight nephews.‎ Passage 13‎ A man was mending a street lamp when he saw a pretty young woman and three children get into a car which was in the garden of a house near him. He saw that the car had a flat tyre, and tried to warn the woman, but it was too late—she was already driving the car out of the garden, and into the busy street. When she had got there, she stopped the car at the side of the street, got out and looked at the flat tyre. The children stayed in the car. Very soon another car stopped, and the driver offered to help her. The young woman accepted his offer, and the man changed the tyre for her.‎ When she had thanked him and he had gone, she drove the car back into the garden, got out with the children and went back to her work in the house –with clean hands.‎ ‎1. This story is mainly about ___. ‎ ‎ A. a man who was mending a street lamp ‎ B. a man who offered help to a pretty young lady ‎ C. a pretty young lady who had her car repaired ‎ D. three children who stayed in the car ‎2. From the passage, we can see that the story might be told by ___. ‎ ‎ A. a pretty young lady ‎ B. a man who was mending a street lamp ‎ C. a warm-hearted man who offered help ‎ D. a man who is not mentioned in the story ‎3. What kind of expression was on the lady’s face after the man who offered help left? ‎ ‎ A. Anger. B. Thankfulness.‎ ‎ C. Pleasure. D. Sadness.‎ ‎4. From the passage, we can infer that ___. ‎ ‎ A. only when the young lady arrived in the busy street did she find the tyre flat ‎ B. the young lady knew what had happened to the tyre even before she went to the busy street ‎ C. the young lady didn’t know the tyre was flat until her children told her ‎ D. if the young lady had heard the man who was mending the street lamp, she would have the car repaired before she went to the busy street ‎5. Which of the following is true according to the story? ‎ ‎ A. The young lady and her children were going to a garage to have the car repaired.‎ ‎ B. The young lady and her children were going to take a trip when she found the tyre flat.‎ ‎ C. The young lady herself could not repair the tyre of the car at home.‎ ‎ D. The young lady drove the car with a tyre flat into the busy street on purpose. She wanted to have it repaired there.‎ Passage 14‎ One day when the famous American scientist Addison was on his way home, a young man stopped him and required to have a word with him. Addison accepted his request.‎ The young man asked, “How, Mr. Addison, can you invent so many things and achieve your fame?”‎ The scientist said, “It seems that you have been thinking of becoming famous every day.”‎ The young man nodded, “Yes. I have been dreaming of being a person as notable as you. Every minute I am thinking of how to become reputable. I don't know when I can achieve my fame.”‎ Addison told him, “Don’t worry, young man. If you want to be a famous man this way, you will have to wait until you die!”‎ ‎“Why should I?” the young man was puzzled.‎ Addison said, “What you dream is actually a high building. You never think of how to build it with bricks. Thus the building will never come into reality. However, your story can serve as a mirror. People will remember you because of your illness and laziness. They will often speak of your name while they give warnings to their children. Aren’t you a notorious person by then?”‎ ‎1. What happened to Addison when he was on his way home? ‎ ‎ A. A beggar stopped him ‎ B. A robber stopped him ‎ C. A man wanted to speak to him ‎ D. A man wanted to have words with him ‎2. The man asked Addison to tell him ___. ‎ ‎ A. how to invent new things ‎ B. how to become famous ‎ C. how he became a nobleman ‎ D. how to become a scientist ‎3. After hearing his talk, the young man was puzzled because Addison told him ___. ‎ ‎ A. he would die after he was famous ‎ B. he would be famous before he died ‎ C. he would die before he was famous ‎ D. he would never be famous ‎4. The man didn’t achieve his fame because ___. ‎ ‎ A. his wish was too high ‎ B. he was short of hardworking spirit ‎ C. he didn’t learn from others ‎ D. he was too stupid ‎5. The story mainly tells us ___. ‎ ‎ A. a person needs high spirit ‎ B. one shouldn’t dream of becoming famous ‎ C. only by hard work can one’s wish come into reality ‎ D. one person shouldn’t be idle and lazy ‎6. The man and Mr. Addison had a talk ___. ‎ ‎ A. in the classroom ‎ B. in the lab ‎ C. in the street ‎ D. at home Passage 15‎ An artist has a small daughter. Sometimes he painted women without any clothes on, and he and his wife always tried to keep the small girl out when he was doing this, “She is too young to understand,” they said.‎ But one day, when the artist was painting a woman with no clothes on, he forgot to lock the door, and the little girl suddenly ran into the room. Her mother ran up the stairs after her, but when she got to the top, the little girl was already in the room and looking at the woman. Both her parents waited for her to speak.‎ For a few seconds the little girl said nothing, but then she ran to her mother and said angrily, “Why do you let her go about without shoes and socks on when you don’t let me?‎ ‎1. An artist is a person ___. ‎ ‎ A. who paints pictures ‎ B. who paints women with no clothes on ‎ C. who paints walls ‎ D. who paints buildings ‎2. The parents always kept the little girl out when the father was painting women without any clothes on, because ___. ‎ ‎ A. the girl wasn’t old enough to understand what her father was doing ‎ B. the girl would follow the women’s example ‎ C. the girl was too young to learn to paint ‎ D. the parents didn’t want her to be interested in painting ‎3. From the passage we can conclude that the parents didn't allow the girl to ___. ‎ ‎ A. go around bare foot ‎ B. enter the room suddenly ‎ C. disturb her father’s work ‎ D. see any of her father’s work ‎4. As a matter of fact, ___. ‎ ‎ A. the girl didn’t notice the woman in the picture didn’t wear clothes ‎ B. the girl knew a lot about art ‎ C. the girl didn’t want to understand art D. the girl enjoyed going around with her shoes and socks on ‎5. What the girl said made her parents ___. ‎ ‎ A. worried B. uneasy ‎ C. relieved D. interested Passage 16‎ Man has always wanted to fly. Some of the greatest men in history had thought about the problem. One of them, for example, was the great Italian artist, Leonardo Da Vinci. In the sixteenth century he made designs for machines that would fly, But they were never built.‎ Throughout history, other less famous men had wanted to fly, an example was a man in England 800 years ago. He made a pair of wings from chicken feathers. Then he fixed them to his body and jumped into air from a tall building. He did not fly very far. Instead, he fell to the ground and broke every bone in his body.‎ The first real steps took place in France, in 1783. Two brothers, the Montgolfiers, made a very large “hot air ballon”. They knew that hot air rises. Why not fill a balloon with it? The ballon was made of cloth and paper. In September of that year, the King and Queen of France came to see the balloon. They watched it carry the very first air passengers into the sky. The passengers were a sheep and a chicken. We do not know how they felt about the trip. But we do know that the trip lasted eight minutes and that the animals landed safely. Two months later, two men did the same thing. They rose above Paris in a balloon of the same kind. Their trip lasted twenty-five minutes and they traveled about eight kilometers.‎ ‎1. Leonardo Da Vinci ______.‎ A. said that man would in the sky one day B. built a kind of machine which never flew ‎ C. drew many beautiful pictures of birds.‎ D. made designs for flying machines. ‎ ‎2. Eight hundred years ago an Englishman _____.‎ A. made a kind of flying machine B. tried to fly with wings made of chicken feather ‎ C. wanted to build a kind of balloon D. tried to fly on a large bird ‎3. In fact, the Englishman who tried to fly ______.‎ A. lost his life B. flew only 8 minutes C. got badly wounded D. succeeded in flying ‎ ‎4. The very first air passengers in the balloon were ______.‎ A. the King and the Queen B. two Frenchmen C. two animals D. the Montgolfiers ‎ ‎5. When did two Frenchmen rise above Paris?‎ A. In December 1783. B. In September 1783‎ C. In November 1783. D. In the seventeenth century. ‎ Passage 17‎ ‎ Australia is nearly as large as the United States, but most of it is too dry to live in. Around the edge(边缘) of this huge dry part are large sheep and cattle farms. A few of them are as large as the smallest states in America. Often the nearest neighbors are many hundred miles away.‎ The two-way radio is very important to people who live on these great Australian farms. It works much like a telephone. A person can listen to someone else talk and give an answer.‎ When these radios first came into use, the Australian government set up a special(专门的，特别的) two-way radio programme(节目). Then, people on the large farms could talk to a doctor hundreds of miles away. They could tell the doctor about someone who was sick, and the doctor could let them know how to care for the sick person.‎ Since the large farms were so far from towns, the children could not to go to school. Radio schools were set up for them in some places. At a certain time each day, the boys and girls turn on their radios and listen to teachers in cities miles away.‎ Families on the large farms wanted to give news to their neighbors. “Round robin(知更鸟)” talks by radio were started to keep families in touch with each other. They could talk about who was getting married or who was sick or who was going away. The men could talk about their sheep and cattle and how much money the markets would pay for them. In many ways the radio became a newspaper for the farm people of Australia.‎ ‎1. This passage tells us something about ___. ‎ ‎ A. how the radio is used in Australia ‎ B. why the radio is important in Australia ‎ C. how large Australia is ‎ D. both A and B ‎2. Australia is ___ America. ‎ ‎ A. almost the same size as ‎ B. larger than ‎ C. just as large as ‎ ‎ D. as large as the smallest state in America ‎ ‎3. How many examples were given by the writer to show the use of radio on the great farms? ‎ ‎ A. Three. B. Only one.‎ ‎ C. Two D. Four ‎4. Families on the large farms kept in touch with each other by ___. ‎ ‎ A. a bird B. radio ‎ C. a newspaper D. telephone ‎5. The two-way radio is something like a telephone because ___. ‎ ‎ A. you can talk and listen to somebody by radio at the same time ‎ B. people could talk to a doctor hundreds of miles away ‎ C. the radio has two telephones ‎ D. the government has set up a special two-way radio programme Passage 18‎ Bali is a tiny island that today is part of Indonesia. It is a pretty island that has many mountains and a pleasant climate. For a long time, Bali was cut off from much of the world.‎ The people of Bali were happy and gay and had a peaceful life. They were not allowed to fight. At one time there had been terrible wars on Bali. Then the people decided it was wrong to fight or have wars. They made rules to keep apart those people who wanted to fight.‎ Bali was divided into seven small kingdoms. The land around each kingdom was kept empty, and no one lived there. Since the kingdoms did not share the same borders, the people could not fight about them.‎ On Bali, even children were not allowed to fight. If two children started a fight over a toy, someone separated them. When two boys argued, they would agree not to speak to each other. Sometimes they did not talk together for months. This gave the boys a chance to forget their anger.‎ Families who were angry with each other also promised not to speak. Their promise was written down, and the whole village knew about it. If they broke their promise, they had to offer gifts to their gods.‎ ‎1. Bali is an island belonging to ___. ‎ ‎ A. India B. Africa C. Asia D. America ‎ ‎2. The people of Bali have been ___. ‎ ‎ A. living a happy and peaceful life ‎ B. fighting for a long time ‎ C. cut off from much of the world ‎ D. quarrelling about their borders ‎3. How did the people of Bali prevent fighting from breaking out? ‎ A. They shared the same borders.‎ ‎ B. The island was divided into seven kingdoms.‎ ‎ C. They made rules to punish those who wanted to fight.‎ ‎ D. Land was kept empty around each kingdom and no one lived there.‎ ‎4. When children started a fight they ___. ‎ ‎ A. decided not to speak to each other ‎ B. gave each other a chance to forget their anger ‎ C. would never talk to each other ‎ D. were separated from each other ‎5. Which of the following is not true according to the passage? ‎ ‎ A. Bali is a beautiful island with many mountains and nice weather.‎ ‎ B. People had to offer gifts to the villagers if they broke their promise.‎ ‎ C. At one time there were terrible wars on the island.‎ ‎ D. You’ll hardly see children fighting on the island.‎ Passage 19‎ In some faraway Turkish village of Kuskoy, whistling is as important as talking. In fact, whistling is talking because the villagers speak and sing by whistling. Kuskoy parents begin to teach their boys and girls the language of whistling about the time the children learn to talk. It is considered so important that the village school includes it as one of the subjects taught along with the Turkish language.‎ This art of communication has taken centuries to develop. The village of Kuskoy spreads out across two hillsides that are separated by a deep valley. The villagers had to find an easy way to communicate where their voices couldn’t carry. They developed a high-pitched (高音的) whistle language that could be transmitted as far as five miles through air. As a result, Kuskoy, which means “bird village” in Turkish, has come to be known as a whistler’s paradise (乐园).‎ Whistling is so much part of everyday life in Kuskoy that men and women speak, argue (辩论), and court (求爱) in whistles. The story was recently told of a young couple who eloped (私奔). The news was sent over the “mountain telephone” by whistling. The lover’s adventure (冒险经历) was quickly known to all the villagers.‎ It is little wonder, then, that the children of Kuskoy study whistling in school. Wouldn’t it be fun to start the school day with a song—whistled of course!‎ ‎1. In the story, Kuskoy is the name of ___. ‎ ‎ A. a man B. a country ‎ C. a town D. a village ‎2. The children of Kuskoy learn to whistle because ___. ‎ A. it is fun B. it is an important way to communicate C. it helps them learn to sing D. it is like the Turkish language ‎3. In Kuskoy, whistling as a way of talking started ___. ‎ ‎ A. recently B. hundreds of years ago ‎ C. fifty years ago D. ten years ago ‎4. The high-pitched whistle can heard at a distance of ___. ‎ ‎ A. 10km B. 5km ‎ C. 15km D. 8km ‎5. Which of the following do you think is the best title for this story? ‎ ‎ A. To Learn Whistle Is Very Important ‎ B. Whistling Is Fun ‎ C. Whistling—The Mountain Telephone ‎ D. The Strange Turkish Language Passage 20‎ To find out how the name Canada came about, we must go back to the 16th century. At that time, the French dreamed of (梦想) discovering and controlling more land across the world. In 1535 FrançoisⅠ, King of France, ordered a navigator (航海家) named Jacques Cartier to explore (探险) the New World and search for a passage to India.‎ Cartier first arrived at the Gulf of the St. Lawrence, which he wanted to explore. He did not know what to expect but he hoped that this Gulf was just an arm of the ocean between two islands. If it was, he would soon be on his way to the Far East. So he sailed upwards along the St. Lawrence River. However, instead of reaching Asia he arrived at Quebec or Stadacona, as the Indians called it. It was at this point that the term (词) “Canada” entered the country’s history. Apparently (明显地) the word “Canada” came from an Indian word “Kanada”, which means village. Cartier first used it when he referred to Stadacona or Quebec. What a huge “village” Canada is!‎ ‎1. What was Cartier ordered to do? ___. ‎ ‎ A. To build a new country ‎ B. To find the New World ‎ C. To get in touch with American Indians ‎ D. To know more about America and find a new way to Asia ‎2. When Cartier reached the Gulf of St. Lawrence he hoped ___. ‎ A. he had got to the Far East B. it was a water way to the New World C. it was a water way to the East D. he had sailed into the Pacific ‎3. In the 16th century, Quebec was ___. ‎ ‎ A. an Indian village ‎ B. a city in Canada ‎ C. the place which we call Canada today ‎ D. a village facing the Gulf of the St. Lawrence ‎4. Which of the following is true according to the passage? ‎ ‎ A. Quebec and Stadacona were two islands.‎ ‎ B. The Indian language for village is Stadacona.‎ ‎ C. Quebec and Stadacona were two villages in Canada.‎ ‎ D. Stadacona was what the Indians called Quebec.‎ ‎5.Canada was first used to refer to ___. ‎ ‎ A. Asia B. the New world ‎ C. a huge village D. Quebec Passage 21‎ No other capital in Europe has more charm (迷人) or a richer past than Vienna, the capital of Austria. Green woods, mountains, and the large Danube River give the city beautiful surroundings.‎ Vienna has more than 1,600,000 people. Almost one-fourth of all the people of Austria live there. Vienna is sometimes called “a city without a country”. It is so big that it does not seem to be suitable (适合的) in so small a country as Austria.‎ Vienna was a center of science and art and music, too. Many great musicians lived there. It had the name of being a city of spirits, partly because of the dance music and operettas (轻歌剧) written by Viennese musicians.‎ After World War Ⅰ Vienna found itself the capital of a rather poor country of less than 7,000,000 people. World War Ⅱ made Vienna even worse than it was before. Since 1955, however, Vienna has been fast regaining its past greatness.‎ ‎1. Vienna is a city which is ___. ‎ ‎ A. the most beautiful city in Europe ‎ B. so big that it doesn’t belong to Austria ‎ C. the richest capital in Europe now ‎ D. a small capital of a large country ‎2. According to the passage, Vienna was once a center of ___. ‎ ‎ A. traffic B. trade and science ‎ C. art and music D. B and C ‎3. Vienna was a rich city ___. ‎ ‎ A. before 1955 B. before World War I ‎ ‎ C. after World War D. during World War ‎ ‎4. Which of the following is true? ‎ ‎ A. To understand Vienna, one must know its trade.‎ ‎ B. After World War, about 7,000,000 people lived in Vienna.‎ ‎ C. Green woods, mountains and a large river surround Vienna and make it a beautiful city.‎ ‎ D. Vienna musicians did little to make Vienna a city of spirits.‎ ‎5. Which is not mentioned in this article? ‎ ‎ A. The history of Austria.‎ ‎ B. The position of Austria.‎ ‎ C. People in Vienna become rich again.‎ ‎ D. The population of Austria.‎ Passage 22‎ ‎ Co-operation means working together for the benefit of all. Without co-operation modern society could not exist. Co-operation has at its best among the farmers in the dry areas of certain parts of Australia and Africa. The fields have been irrigated in these areas. Crops cannot be ‎ grown without water. For this purpose, canals and reservoirs have been built. The canals have been cut through the fields of not only one farmer. Those who live higher up the valley than the others have permitted canals to be built through their land in order to carry water to the fields of farmers lower down. When there is a long period without rain, all share the water. Instead of taking all the water for themselves, the farmers in the higher land leave enough water for their neighbours down the valley. Farming in the dry areas has been made possible by such co-operation. By co-operation farmers have learned to make even the desert produce crops.‎ ‎1. Co-operation means ___. ‎ ‎ A. working for others ‎ B. working for oneself ‎ C. working together for the interests of all ‎ D. working together for the benefit of the whole world ‎2. A reservoir is used ___. ‎ A. to keep the fields wet B. to store water C. to join canals D. to prevent farmers from getting water ‎3. In dry weather the farmers who live higher up the valley ___. ‎ ‎ A. share the water with their neighbours ‎ B. keep all the water for themselves ‎ C. build canals across the fields of other farmers ‎ D. work hard to store water ‎4. Crops can be produced in desert only because ___. ‎ A. there is a lot of rain B. there is one reservoir C. the people work together for the benefit of all D. many wells have been found ‎5. Farmers have dug the canals through ___. ‎ ‎ A. the fields of many farmers ‎ B. the fields of only one farmer ‎ C. the whole desert ‎ D. many valleys Passage 23‎ Smoking is very prevalent(普遍的) in the West, both by men and by women. But there are still people who do not smoke and who dislike the smoke of others. Be careful not to smoke in such a way or in such a position that your smoke blows into others’ faces. If you are a guest in a home where no others are smoking, it is better to refrain from smoking. If you think they would not mind your smoking, you may say, “Would you mind if I smoked?” and await their assurance (承诺) before lighting up. There are many places where people do not or should not smoke: public meetings, movies and plays, stores, ball-rooms, trains (except in the smoking car), buses ‎ (except in the back seats), at the dinner table (except when invited by the hostess near the end of the meal to do so). Many people feel that ladies should not smoke on the street.‎ Be a clean smoker—Use an ash receiver and put out the cigarette completely when you are finished. Be very careful where you put down your lighted cigarette; it is thoughtless and inconsiderate to allow your cigarette to burn the furniture or table covers.‎ ‎1. What does the sentence “…it is better to refrain from smoking” mean? ‎ ‎ A. You’d better smoke outside the guest’s home.‎ ‎ B. It’s better to hold yourself back from smoking.‎ ‎ C. You’d better ask the other guests to smoke together with you.‎ ‎ D. You should break away from the bad habit of smoking.‎ ‎2. If you are in another person’s home and want to smoke, what should you do? ‎ ‎ A. You had better give the host (男主人) a cigarette.‎ ‎ B. You should ask the host or hostess if they mind your smoking.‎ ‎ C. You shouldn’t light up until you get their promise.‎ ‎ D. Both B and C.‎ ‎3. People shouldn’t smoke unless ___. ‎ ‎ A. they are having public meetings ‎ B. in buses or ball-rooms ‎ C. invited by the hostess near the end of the meal to do so ‎ D. they walk on the street ‎4. What does the writer suggest people do when they finish smoking? ‎ ‎ A. Throw the cigarette end (烟头) on the floor.‎ ‎ B. Try to blow off the ash.‎ ‎ C. Keep the cigarette end burning.‎ ‎ D. Use an ash receiver and put out the cigarette completely.‎ ‎5. According to the passage, which of the following is not mentioned? ‎ ‎ A. Smoking is very common.‎ ‎ B. When you smoke, be careful not to blow smoke into others’ faces.‎ ‎ C. People don't think it good manners for women to smoke on the street.‎ ‎ D. Smoking does harm to your health.‎ Passage 24‎ If you can speak English, you know a lot of English words. You can read, speak and understand English. But there is another kind of language you need to know—the language of the body, a part of what is called non-verbal communication.‎ All over the world, people “talk” with their hands and with their eyes. When Japanese people meet, they bow. When Indians meet, they put their hands together. What do American and British people do?‎ Americans are more informal than the British. They like to be friendly. They use first names, they ask questions and they talk easily about themselves. When they sit down, they like to relax ‎ in their chairs and make themselves comfortable.‎ British people are more reserved (保守的). They take more time to make friends. They like to know you before they ask you home.‎ When British and American people meet someone for the first time, they shake hands. They do not usually shake hands with people they know well. Women sometimes kiss their women friends, and men kiss women friends (on one cheek only). When a man meets a man friend, he just smiles, and says “Hello”. Men do not kiss each other, or hold hands. Even fathers and sons do not often kiss each other.‎ ‎1. In the first paragraph, the writer thinks that body language is ___. ‎ ‎ A. useless B. difficult ‎ C. quite easy D. important ‎2. Which of the following is right? ‎ ‎ A. Different countries have the same body language.‎ ‎ B. Different countries have different body language.‎ ‎ C. People in Asia share the same body language.‎ ‎ D. Many people only use their body language.‎ ‎3. If an American friend visits you, he probably ___. ‎ ‎ A. sits straight B. never sits down ‎ C. makes fun of you D. sits freely ‎4. It takes ___ time for you to make friends with British people. ‎ ‎ A. no B. little ‎ C. less D. more ‎5. Generally speaking ___ kiss more often. ‎ ‎ A. men B. women ‎ C. British people D. Americans Passage 25‎ There are many stereotypes (定型) about the character of people in various parts of the United States. In the Northeast and Midwest, people are said to be closed and private (私有的，秘密的). In the South and West, however, they are often thought of as being more open and hospitable (好客). Ask someone from St. Louis where the nearest sandwich shop is, and he or she will politely give you directions. A New Yorker might eye you at first and after deciding it is safe to talk to you, might give you a rather unexpected explanation. A person from Georgia might be very kind about directing you and even suggest some different places to eat. A Texan just might take you to the place and treat you to lunch.‎ American stereotypes are abundant. New Englanders are often thought of as being friendly and helpful. Southerners are known for their hospitality and warmth. People from the western part of the United States are often considered very outgoing. These differences in character can be traced to different factors such as climate, living conditions, and historical development.‎ When traveling from place to place, Americans themselves are often surprised at the differing degrees of friendliness in the United States.‎ ‎1. The main idea of the passage is ___. ‎ ‎ A. even Americans are surprised at the big differences among themselves ‎ B. there are many differences in character in different parts of the USA ‎ C. there are many reasons for the differences ‎ D. stereotypes about people are not necessarily true ‎2. Which of the following is true according to the passage? ‎ ‎ A. New Yorkers are usually open with strangers.‎ ‎ B. People from the South are usually considered good hosts.‎ ‎ C. The friendliest Americans travel from place to place.‎ ‎ D. Different parts have different customs and habits.‎ ‎3. The differences lies in the following expect ___ of the parts. ‎ ‎ A. the weather B. the history ‎ C. geography D. the names ‎4. The word “abundant” in the second paragraph may probably mean “___”. ‎ ‎ A. plentiful B. normal C. curious D. strange Passage 26‎ Birth, marriage and death: these are the greatest events in human life. Many things, good and bad, can happen to us in our lives. Yet there are three days which are usually marked by some kind of special ceremony: the day we are born, the day we get married and the day we die. These are the three main events in life. We only have a choice in the second of these: we can choose whether or not to marry. But we have no choice in birth or death. All human beings—from the most primitive to the most sophisticated –are affected by these three events. The only thing differs in each society is the way these events are celebrated. Yet all societies share common characteristics. Birth is a time of joy. The proud parents receive congratulations and presents on behalf of the new-born. Marriage is also a time of joy. The young couple go through a special wedding ceremony and receive presents to help them set up their home. Death is a time of sorrow and is marked by a special ceremony and mourning. The date of all three events are usually remembered.‎ ‎1.___ is the only thing we can choose in these three events. ‎ ‎ A. How to celebrate the special days ‎ B. Whether marry or not to marry ‎ C. When to die ‎ D. The day a new life born ‎2. The three great events have effect on ___. ‎ ‎ A. all human beings ‎ B. all living things ‎ C. people’s character ‎ D. only proud parents or young couples ‎3. All societies celebrate these three events ___. ‎ ‎ A. in exactly the same way ‎ B. by the common special ceremonies ‎ C. in different ways ‎ D. by the same ordinary celebrations ‎4. People will never forget the dates of these three events life, because ___. ‎ ‎ A. they enjoy the three events ‎ B. of the congratulations and presents ‎ C. of the various special ceremonies ‎ D. these are greatest events in human life ‎5. Marriage is usually marked by ___. ‎ ‎ A. a time of joy ‎ B. a special wedding ceremony ‎ C. congratulations ‎ D. many fine presents Passage 27‎ Not very long ago, a special family system (n. 体系) existed in certain parts of South India. In this system, the actual head of a family unit was the mother's eldest brother, though the mother also had an important position in the family. In families of this kind, a husband was actually no more than a visitor. He did not live with his wife, but with his own mother, brothers and sisters in another house. He saw his sons and daughters sometimes, but the man who actually fed and cared for them and acted as their father was their uncle-their mother's brother.‎ But this system, in which brothers and sisters take the place of the father, no longer exists in South India except in a few villages. Economic (adj. 经济的) changes have had far-reaching effect on family life. Family life began to change when men went out to work in factories and offices instead of working with their mothers, brothers, and sisters on the land. When a man went out to work he had money of his own and buy his own land and build his own family, instead of depending on his mother and his brothers. He wanted to be independent (adj.独立的). This is an example of the way in which economic relations can have an effect on family relationships.‎ ‎1. The best title of this passage is_______.‎ A. Husband Is Actually a Visitor in Family B. Family System in South India C. Wife Has Important Position in Family D. Economic Relations Affects Family Relationships ‎ ‎2. Who had the actual control of a family in South India not long ago?‎ A. The mother. B. The mother's eldest brother C. The father D. The father's mother.‎ ‎3. In this system, the husband lived together with _______.‎ A. his wife B. his sons and daughters C. his mother, brothers and sisters D. his wife's brother ‎4. Now in South India there are ______ of this system in which a husband has no control of his family.‎ A. no families B. many more families C. very few families D. not any families Passage 28‎ Dutch treat is a late-nineteenth-century term, and it originally refers to a dinner where everyone is expected to pay for his own share of the food and drink. If people go “Dutch treat”, or simply “go Dutch”, it means that they will share the expenses of a social engagement. ‎ There are many other “Dutch” expressions in English, many of which were invented in Britain in the seventeenth century, when the Dutch and the English were commercial and military rivals. The British used “Dutch” to refer to something bad, cheap and shameful. A “Dutch bargain” at that time was an uneven, one-sided deal; “Dutch reckoning” was an unitemized account; and “Dutch widow” was slang for prostitute. Later centuries brought in “Dutch courage”, for bravery induced by drink; “Dutch concert”, for discordant music; “Dutch nightingale”, meaning a frog; and “double Dutch”, for incomprehensible language, or unintelligible talk. ‎ Some of the expressions are still in use today, but some are not. In fact, in American English, some “Dutch” expressions have nothing to do with the Dutch, but something with the German. It was probably because of the similar spelling and pronunciation that people made a mistake in distinguishing between “Dutch” and “Deutsch” (the German word for German), when German immigrants came to America in the 1700s. For instance, “the Pennsylvania Dutch” refers to the German descendants, instead of the Dutch descendants, living in Pennsylvania. ‎ ‎1. If someone invites you to dinner and says “let’s go Dutch”, he means .‎ A. that he’ll invite you to a Dutch restaurant. ‎ B. That he’ll buy your dinner.‎ C. That you’ll buy his dinner. ‎ D. That you are expected to pay your own meal. ‎ ‎2. Many of the “Dutch” expressions were invented with derogatory (贬义) sense, because . ‎ A. the Dutch were underdeveloped people. ‎ B. Britain and Holland were competitors at that time. ‎ C. The Dutch had many bad habits. ‎ D. The British were superior to the Dutch. ‎ ‎3. With the information you get from Paragraph 2, make a guess at the meaning of the sentence “You are in Dutch”. It probably means .‎ A. You are in Holland. ‎ B. You are welcome. ‎ C. You are in trouble. ‎ D. You are lucky. ‎ ‎4. According to the passage, some native American “Dutch” expressions were related to the German instead of the Dutch, simply because .‎ A. People hated the German as much as the Dutch. ‎ B. People made a mistake at the beginning. ‎ C. People made a joke about the German. ‎ D. The German immigrants proclaimed that they were Dutch. ‎ Passage 29‎ ‎ Insects live in bushes and grass and trees, in fields and houses and in the ground. Some even live on other animals.‎ ‎ Did you know that there are more insects in the world than any other kind of animal? They fly and hop and crawl and dig. Some insects, the ants, build hills and cities of their own. Insects called silk worms spin silk. Bees make honey. And crickets(蟋蟀) make music with their feet.‎ Lots of insects grow up in a curious way. When they are little, they look like tiny worms, and most of their lives are spent in just growing. Mosquitoes(蚊子) start this way, and so do beetles(甲虫) and flies, ants and bees. Some caterpillars (毛虫) grow into butterflies. Other wormlike wriggling(蠕动) things become moths(蛾). So all insects do not look the same worms in fruit are insects. So are caterpillars and potato beetles, flies and moths.‎ The things that some insects do are helpful to people. They spin silk and make honey and help the flowers to make seeds. Some insects are pests. They bite and sting(叮) and eat our plants and clothes, food and even furniture. Insects are everywhere.‎ ‎1. Insects live ___. ‎ ‎ A. in bushes B. in the ground ‎ C. on some animals D. all of the above ‎2. Which of the following is not true? ‎ A. The number of insects are larger than that of any other kind of animals.‎ B. Silk worms and bees are useful insects to man.‎ C. Insects are of no value to people.‎ D. Insects live in all kinds of ways.‎ ‎3. Which of the following is not true? ‎ ‎ A. When they grow up, insects look the same as when they are young.‎ ‎ B. Insects keep changing during their growth.‎ ‎ C. Insects have different shapes.‎ ‎ D. Not all insects look the same.‎ ‎4. Silk worms and bees are ___, while flies and mosquitoes are ___. ‎ ‎ A. beneficial insects…pests ‎ B. pests…beneficial insects ‎ C. harmful to people…helpful to people ‎ D. helpful to people…helpful to people too ‎5. Which of the following is not an insect? ‎ ‎ A. A cricket. B. An ant.‎ ‎ C. A moth D. A lizard Passage 30‎ ‎ Do you want to know something about the history of weather? Don’t look at the sky. Don’t look for old weather reports. Looking at tree rings is more important. Correct weather reports date back only one century, but some trees can provide an exact record of the weather even further back.‎ ‎ It is natural that a tree would grow best in a climate with plenty of sunlight and rainfall. It is also expected that little sunlight and rainfall would limit the growth of a tree. The change from a ‎ favorable to an unfavorable climate can be determined by reading the pattern of rings in a tree trunk. To find the weather of ten years ago, count the rings of a tree trunk from the outside to the inside. If the tenth ring is far from the other rings, then it is certain that plenty of sunny and rainy weather occurred. If the rings are closed together, then the climate was bad for the tree.‎ Studying tree rings is important not only for the history of weather, but also for the history of man. In a region of New Mexico you can find only sand—no trees and no people. However, many centuries ago a large population lived there. They left suddenly. Why?‎ A scientist studied patterns of dead tree rings which had grown there. He decided that the people had to leave because they had cut down all the trees. Trees were necessary to make fires and buildings. So, after the people destroyed the trees, they had to move.‎ In this instance studying tree rings uncovering an exciting fact about the history of man.‎ ‎1. It is understood that in a favorable climate ___. ‎ ‎ A. tree rings grow together ‎ B. tree rings grow far apart ‎ C. trees in New Mexico will grow big and tall ‎ D. people can cut down most of the trees in New Mexico ‎2. The scientists are interested in studying tree rings because they can tell ___. ‎ ‎ A. whether in that area the climate was favorable or not ‎ B. whether a particular tree was healthy or not ‎ C. whether people took good care of the trees or not ‎ D. how old the trees were ‎3. By studying the dead tree rings, the scientist discovered ___. ‎ ‎ A. where the people had left ‎ B. what the people used to eat ‎ C. how the people left D. why the people had to leave ‎4. The people had to leave the region of New Mexico because ___. ‎ ‎ A. they had cut down all the trees ‎ B. there were many trees there ‎ C. they had no water ‎ D. bad weather stopped the growth of trees ‎5. The main idea of the selection is ___. ‎ ‎ A. tree rings reflect the history of weather and the history of man ‎ B. destroying tree will do man no good ‎ C. studying tree ring is one way to know the history weather ‎ D. man shouldn’t cut so many trees Passage 31‎ Warm water freezes more quickly than cold water. Sir Francis Bacon said that almost 400 years ago. But few people believed him—till 1970, when a Canadian scientist named George Kell proved that the English learned man was right. Dr. Kell filled an open pail with cold water. He filled another with warm water. He exposed both to the same low temperature. The warm ‎ water froze first.‎ The absence of the covers on the pail was the secret. Some of the warm water changed to vapour which went into the air. This meant that less of the warm water was left to freeze. And so the warm water froze faster than cold water—even if it had a greater temperature drop to make.‎ ‎1. Sir Francis Bacon was ___. ‎ ‎ A. a Frenchman ‎ B. a Canadian ‎ C. a British ‎ D. not mentioned in the article ‎2. Dr. Kell’s pails were both ___. ‎ ‎ A. filled with water ‎ B. put at the same temperature ‎ C. left uncovered ‎ D. all of the above ‎3. No water vapour would have gone into the air if the pail had been ___. ‎ ‎ A. warmed B. covered ‎ C. shaken D. filled ‎4. The cold water froze more slowly because ___. ‎ A. there was less water in the pail ‎ B. the pail was smaller ‎ C. there was more of the water left ‎ D. the air nearly was moving ‎5. When the water was frozen, one of the pail must have ___. ‎ ‎ A. less ice in it than the other ‎ B. the same size of ice as the other ‎ C. more water in it than the other ‎ D. water on the surface of the ice Passage 32‎ After a long period of studies, scientists are uncovering surprising new findings about `dolphins. They believe that dolphins do “talk” to each other, whistling “names” among themselves and others in their group. They help one another when in trouble. Like bats, they use sound waves to “see”. Because of these and many other findings, many scientists now place dolphins among the cleverest animals on earth.‎ Dolphins love to mimic. If we swim on our backs, they do too. If we dive, they follow. Once a trainer blew a puff of cigarette smoke against the window of an observation tank, a young dolphin suddenly swam to its mother, nursed a moment, and spit out a cloud of milk against the glass.‎ It is even more surprising that dolphins are able to understand sign language. One of Herman’s dolphins has mastered more than 50 sign words. For example, it understands the difference between “bring the surfboard to the person” and “bring the person to the surfboard.”‎ Scientists are learning how dolphins “speak” to each other. “Each dolphin”, says Peter ‎ Gyack, “has its own ‘signature’ whistle.” Dolphin can also mimic the signature of others.‎ Dolphins help one another. When birth-giving takes place, females gather to keep off sharks. Later, while the mother looks for food, they take care of the young dolphin, swimming in a circle.‎ Dolphins reach out to us in astonishing ways. What would the world be like without them?‎ ‎1. To the best of our knowledge, dolphins are ___. ‎ ‎ A. surprising fish B. interesting animals ‎ C. intelligent mammals D. man’s friends ‎2. In the second paragraph, “nursed” means ___. ‎ ‎ A. brought the mother something to eat ‎ B. sucked milk from the mother dolphin ‎ C. asked to be taken care of ‎ D. gave some milk to her ‎3. What was the young dolphin doing when it suddenly swam to its mother? It was ___. ‎ ‎ A. having a little fun ‎ B. diving into the deep sea ‎ ‎ C. playing “smoking”‎ ‎ D. copying “smoking”‎ ‎4. Which of the following do you think is more reasonable? ‎ A. We are still in the early stage of learning about these animals.‎ ‎ B. We have little difficulty in understanding dolphins.‎ ‎ C. Man will be able to talk freely to dolphins in the near future.‎ ‎ D. Sign language is the only way to make dolphins understand us.‎ ‎5. What’s the purpose of female dolphins’ swimming in circle? ‎ ‎ A. The young dolphin needs friends to play with.‎ ‎ B. The young dolphin can play safely inside.‎ ‎ C. The mother will help them to learn swimming in a circle.‎ ‎ D. The mother will be free to meet the father.‎ Passage 33‎ About ten men in every hundred suffer from color blindness in some way. Women are luckier, only about one in two hundred is affected(影响) in this matter. Perhaps, after all, it is safer to be driven by a woman!‎ There are different forms of color blindness. In some cases a man can not be able to see deep red. He may think that red, orange and yellow are all shades of green. Sometimes a person cannot tell the difference between blue and green. In rare cases an unlucky man may see everything in shades of green-a strange world indeed.‎ Color blindness in human beings is a strange thing to explain. In a single eye there are millions of very small things called "cones". These help us to see in a bright light and to tell difference between colors. There are also millions of "rods" but these are used for seeing when it is nearly dark. They show us shape but no color.‎ Some insects have favorite colors. Mosquitoes(蚊子) like blue but do not like yellow. A red light will not attract insects, but a blue lamp will, in a similar way human beings also have favorite ‎ colors. Yet we are lucky. With the aid of the cones in our eyes we can see many beautiful colors by day, and with the aid of the rods we can see shapes at night. One day we may even learn more about the invisible colors around.‎ ‎1. This passage is mainly about ______.‎ A. color and its surprising effects B. women being luckier than men C. danger caused by color blindness D. color blindness ‎ ‎2. According to the passage, with the help of the "cones", we can ______.‎ A. tell different shapes B. see in weak light ‎ C. kill mosquitoes D. tell orange from yellow ‎ ‎3. Why do some people say it is safer to be driven by women?‎ A. Women are more careful. B. There are few color-blind women.‎ C. Women are fonder of driving than men. D. Women are weaker but quicker in thinking. ‎ ‎4. We can attract and kill mosquitoes by using a ________. ‎ A. red light B. yellow light C. blue light D. green light Passage 34‎ Wind-even the slightest of winds can prevent frost (霜冻). That is because wind is like a spoon in your cup of tea: it stirs(搅动) things down and brings down a lot of warm air that often floats just above housetops and trees.‎ It may seem strange, but ice itself sometimes can protect crops from frost. Some growers actually spray(喷洒) their crops with water on a freezing night. Water freezes quickly on plants and than a strange thing happens. As long as ice stays wet, it can’t get colder than 32ºF, even if the air is much colder. This may defeat frost and saves plants.‎ This strange kind of ‘ice blanket’ works only on plants that are strong enough to stand the weight of frozen spray. This is used even to protect banana plants on some Central American Farms.‎ ‎1. If the ice became entirely frozen and dry, suppose what might happen.‎ A. The plants might be frozen to death.‎ B. The plants might benefit from it.‎ C. It might save the plants.‎ D. It might make the plants grow slowly ‎ ‎2. Ice can save plants rather than destroy them on condition that they are _______.‎ A. sprayed regularly B. quickly frozen C. strong enough D. used to frost ‎3. This passage tells us _______.‎ A. how ice forms B. ice sometimes benefit crops C. why some plants can stand frost D. how to protect crops ‎ ‎4. The best title would be ________.‎ A. Frost Save Crops B. Ice Battle C. Ice Can Be Nice D. Ice Is Good ‎ ‎5. In which of the following sentences ‘stand’ has the same meaning in this passage?‎ A. He could hardly stand. B. This house stands the test of time.‎ C. The train stood for an hour. D. He stands in terrible danger. ‎ Passage 35‎ ‎ It is common knowledge that modern man prefers to use his right hand when doing anything requiring one hand. There are mainly two types of theories that try to explain the development of right hand preference in man. The first theory holds that the human body itself needs the preference of one hand over the other. The second type of theory suggests that pressures from society or from the living conditions (or both) lead to the high increase of right hand preference in man. This theory is supported by human and animal studies that tried to change hand preferences.‎ ‎ Unfortunately, there are few written records throughout history which can prove those theories about hand preferences. There are, however, other things which can be used to study this matter. Nearly all cultures(文化) have art forms showing human beings in various activities. We might expect that such drawings and paintings would tell us what the artist actually observed in his culture about hand use.‎ ‎ From a study of more than 5,000 years of art works, including 1,180 examples of paintings and drawings we know that in 93% of the cases the right hand was used regardless of which period or which area was examined.‎ ‎1. According to the text, some people believe that the right hand is often preferred because A. it is easier to hold things in the right hand.‎ B. man's knowledge of the world supports it.‎ C. the right hand is stronger than the left D. the human body has this special need. ‎ ‎2. The second theory suggests that a number of people have developed right-handedness as a result of A. the studies they looked at. B. the research they did.‎ C. the pressures they experienced. D. the art works they saw.‎ ‎3. A study of the art works has proved that most people——prefer to use the right hand when one hand is needed.‎ A. in 93% of the countries B. in most historical periods C. five thousand years ago D. no matter when and where ‎ Passage 36‎ The world is not only hungry, but it is also thirsty for water. This may seem strange to you, since nearly 70 percent of the earth’s surface is covered with water. But about 97 percent of this huge amount is sea water, or salt water. Man can only drink and use the other 3 percent—the fresh water from rivers, lakes, underground, and other sources. And we cannot even use all of that, because some of it is in the form of icebergs and glacier (冰川). Even worse, some of it has been polluted.‎ However, as things stand today, this small amount of fresh water is still enough for us. But our need for water is increasing rapidly—almost day by day. Only if we take steps to deal with this problem now can we avoid a severe worldwide water shortage later on.‎ We all have to learn how to stop wasting our valuable water. One of the first steps is to develop ways of reusing it.‎ Today in most large cities, water is used only once and then sent out into a sewer system (下水道). From there it returns to the sea or runs into underground storage tanks. But it is possible to pipe used water to a purifying (净化) plant. There it can be treated with chemicals so that it can be used again, just as if it were fresh from a spring.‎ But even if every large city purified and reused its water, we still would not have enough. All we’d have to do make use of the vast reserves of sea water in the world is to remove the salt.‎ If we take these steps we’ll be in no danger of drying up.‎ ‎1. The world is thirsty for water because we can only use ___ percent of the water covering the surface of the earth. ‎ ‎ A. 3 B. more than 3‎ ‎ C. less than 3 D. 97‎ ‎2. Which of the following statements is not true? ‎ A. As things remain unchanging, this small amount of fresh water is still enough for us.‎ B. Our need for water is becoming larger and larger.‎ C. There will be no water shortage in the future.‎ D. We should take steps to deal with the water shortage problem.‎ ‎3. To reuse water, we should ___. ‎ ‎ A. treat it with chemicals ‎ B. use it only once ‎ C. send it out into a sewer system ‎ D. make it flow into underground tanks ‎4. In order to have enough water, we should also make use of ___. ‎ ‎ A. icebergs and glaciers B. sea water ‎ C. rivers and lakes D. underground water ‎5. In the passage, the writer tells us ___. ‎ ‎ A. to make enough water ‎ B. to pay more attention to the water shortage problem ‎ C. to pipe used water to be a purifying plant ‎ D. to reuse the water Passage 37‎ During the twentieth century there has been a great change in the lives of woman. A woman marrying at the end of the nineteenth century probably has been in her middle twenties, and would be likely to have seven or eight children, of whom four or five lived till they were five years old. By the time the youngest was fifteen, the mother would have been in her early fifties and would expect to live a further twenty years, during which chance and health made it unusual for her to get paid work. Today women marry younger and have fewer children. Usually a woman’s youngest child will be fifteen when she is forty-five and can be expected to live another thirty-five year and is likely to take paid work until sixty.‎ This is an important change in women’s economic position. Even a few years ago most girls ‎ left school and took a full-time job. However, when they married, they usually left work at once and never returned to it. Today the school-learning age is sixteen; many girls stay at school after that age, and though women marry younger, more married women stay at work at least until shortly before their first child is born. Very many more afterwards return to full or part-time work. Such changes have led to a new relationship in marriage, with the husband accepting a greater share of the duties and satisfactions of family life.‎ ‎1. We are told that in a family about 1900 ___. ‎ ‎ A. few children died before they were five ‎ B. seven or eight children lived to be more than five ‎ C. the youngest child would be fifteen ‎ D. four or five children died when they were five ‎2. One reason why the woman of today may take a job is that she ___. ‎ ‎ A. is younger when her children are old enough to look after themselves ‎ B. does not like children herself ‎ C. needn’t worry about food for her children ‎ D. can be free from family duties when she reaches sixty ‎3. Many girls are now likely to ___. ‎ ‎ A. give up their jobs for good after they are married ‎ B. leave school as soon as they can ‎ C. marry so that they can get a job ‎ D. continue working until they are going to have a baby.‎ ‎4. According to the passage, it is now quite usual for women to ___. ‎ ‎ A. stay at home after leaving school ‎ B. marry men younger than themselves ‎ C. start working later in life ‎ D. marry while still at school ‎5. Now a husband probably ___. ‎ ‎ A. plays a greater part in looking after the children ‎ B. helps his wife by doing most of the housework ‎ C. feels dissatisfied with his part in the family ‎ D. takes a part-time job so that he can help in the home Passage 38‎ The disaster at the Chernobyl(former USSR前苏联) power station happened quickly and without warning. It was in the early hours of April 26, 1986 when the cooling system of the reactor(反应堆) failed. Minutes later, a violent (猛烈地) explosion blew the top off the reactor and blasted(爆炸生成) a huge cloud of radioactive gas high into atmosphere. Two people were killed immediately. Hundreds received powerful radiation overdose (过量). And more than 25,000 had to be taken away from their homes.‎ Days later, the radioactive cloud had spread as far as Scotland. Its radiation was weak, but all over Europe radioactive rain was falling. In some areas people were advised not to eat fresh vegetables, or drink fresh milk, and the sale of meat was forbidden.‎ The accident at Chernobyl was the world’s worst nuclear accident. In Britain, it convinced (使……相信) many people that all nuclear power stations should be shut down for good. But the Central Electricity Generating Board didn’t agree. They claimed that ·similar disasters could not happen in Britain because of safer designs, fewer deaths are caused using nuclear fuel (燃料) than by mining for coal or drilling for oil and gas. Nuclear accidents are unusually fewer compared with other types of accidents-such as air crashes, fires or dam break-down more nuclear power stations are necessary because the world’s supplies of oil, coal and natural gas are running out.‎ In 1957 in Cumbria (Britain) a nuclear reactor overheated and caught fire. No one was killed but fourteen workers received radiation overdose. Small amounts of gas and dust were let out over the local countryside.‎ An official report said the accident was nearly a full-scale disaster. The Nuclear Authority wanted the report published but the Prime Minister at the time refused. He thought that it would make people less confident in Britain’s nuclear industry. Thirty years later, the cabinet(内阁) records of 1957 were published. Only then did the public discover what had really happened in Cumbria.‎ ‎1. One result of the Chernobyl nuclear disaster was that ______.‎ A. 25,000 people were killed B. fresh foods were polluted C. people in Scotland were taken away from their homes D. hundreds of houses in Chernobyl were destroyed ‎2. According to the passage, nuclear accidents______.‎ A. are most unlikely to cause death B. are always kept secret from the public C. can only happen in underdeveloped countries D. may happen in any country that has nuclear power station.‎ ‎3. After the nuclear accident at Chernobyl many people in Britain _______.‎ A. still believed it could not happen in their country.‎ B. were not convinced that nuclear power stations could be safe C. accepted that there would be fewer deaths than in drilling for oil D. supported nuclear power stations because world fuel supplies were low ‎4. The British Government refused to publish the report on the Cumbria accident because _______.‎ A. Britain’s supplies of oil, coal and gas were running out B. it takes thirty years for the effects of radiation to appear C. fewer people died in that accident than in other types of accidents D. it was concerned that the British people would doubt their country’s nuclear expertise (核技术)‎ ‎5. The people of Britain found out about their nuclear accident when ______.‎ A. informed by the nuclear Authority B. people began dying from radiation overdoses C. it was reported by the Central Electricity Generating Board D. papers that had been kept secret were published to the public.‎ Passage 39‎ What makes one person more intelligent than another? What makes one person a genius, like the brilliant Albert Einstein, and another person a fool? Are people born intelligent or stupid, or is intelligence the result of where and how you live? These are very old question and the answers to them are still not clear.‎ We know, however, that just being born with a good mind is not enough. In some ways, the mind is like a leg or an arm muscle. It needs exercise. Mental (done with the mind) exercise is particularly important for young children. Many child psychologists (心理学家) think that parents should play with their children more often and give them problems to think about. The children are then more likely to grow up bright and intelligent. If, on the other hand, children are left alone a great deal with nothing to do, they are more likely to become dull and unintelligent.‎ Parents should also be careful what they say to young children. According to some psychologists, if parents are always telling a child that he or she is a fool or an idiot, then the child is more likely to keep doing silly and foolish things. So it is probably better for parents to say very positive (helpful) things to their children, such as “That was a very clever thing you did.” or “You are such a smart child.”‎ ‎1. The words “intelligent” and “brilliant” in the first paragraph probably mean ___ while “dull” in the second paragraph means ___. ‎ ‎ A. bright and splendid…slow in thinking and understanding ‎ B. pretty and handsome…ordinary-looking ‎ C. great and important…common ‎ D. hopeful and helpful…careless ‎2. According to the context we can guess that a genius is ___ while an idiot is ___. ‎ ‎ A. a normal person…a funny person ‎ B. a strong person…a weak person ‎ C. a highly intelligent person…a foolish or weak-minded person ‎ D. a famous person…an ordinary person ‎3. A person ___ is more likely to become a genius. ‎ ‎ A. whose parents are clever ‎ B. often thinking about difficult problem ‎ C. often helped by his parents and teachers ‎ D. born with a good brain and putting it to active use ‎4. It is better for parents ___. ‎ A. to praise and encourage their children more often ‎ B. to be hard on their children ‎ C. to leave their children alone with nothing to do ‎ D. to give their children as much help as possible ‎5. Which of the following is not true according to the article? ‎ ‎ A. Parents play an important part in their children’s growth.‎ ‎ B. The less you use your mind the duller you may become.‎ ‎ C. Intelligence is obviously the result of where and how you live.‎ ‎ D. Parents should always encourage their children.‎ Passage 40‎ Throughout history, people have been interested in knowing how language first began, but no one knows exactly where or how this happened. However, we do know a lot about languages, the languages of today and also the languages of earlier times. There are probably about three thousand languages in the world today. Chinese is the language with the most speakers. English, Russian and Spanish are also spoken by many millions of people. On the other hand, some languages, in the world have less than one hundred speakers.‎ There are several important families of languages in the world. For example, most of the languages of Europe are in one large family called Indo-European. The original (最初的) language of this family was spoken about 4,500 years ago. Many of the present day languages of Europe and India are modern forms of the language of 4,500 years ago.‎ Languages are always changing. The English of today is very different from the English of 500 years ago. In time some even die out completely. About 1,000 years ago English was a little-known relative of German spoken on one of the borders of Europe.‎ If a language has a large number of speakers or if it is very old, there may be differences in the way it is spoken in different areas. That is, the language may have several dialects. Chinese is a good example of dialect differences. Chinese has been spoken for thousands of years by many millions of speakers. Their differences between the dialects of Chinese are so great that speakers of Chinese from some parts of the China cannot understand speakers from other parts.‎ ‎1. The first paragraph mainly tells us that _____.‎ A. most people in the world speak Chinese B. there are thousands of languages in the world today C. man has much knowledge about languages D. some people know several languages ‎ ‎2. Most European and Indian languages _______.‎ A. will soon die out completely B. were once a relative of English C. are no longer spoken D. come from the same family ‎ ‎3. _____ seems to have changed a lot.‎ A. Chinese B. English C. Spanish D. German ‎4. The word dialect in the last paragraph means ______.‎ A. a special language spoken by Chinese B. the sign used by the Chinese people in a special area C. the difference between the old and today's Chinese D. the form of a language used in one part of the country Passage 41‎ From 4th June 1996, Asiana spreads its wings from Beijing to Pusan (釜山), Korea’s second largest city. Asiana is one of Asia’s fastest growing airlines, with an ever expanding network, which is why more and more passengers around the world are warming to our service that’s based on 5,000 years of traditional(传统的) Korean hospitality. No wonder we’re bringing so many places closer together.‎ Schedule Route Day Time Pusan—Beijing Tue, Thur, Sun Departure 11:00‎ Arrival 12:30‎ Beijing—Pusan Tue, Thur, Sun Departure 13:30‎ Arrival 16:50‎ ‎* Asiana also flies non-stop between Seoul and Beijing/Shanghai ‎1. More and more passengers are warming to our service because ___. ‎ ‎ A. our planes are larger than before B. our fares are cheaper than others ‎ C. our service is based on 5000 years of traditional Korean hospitality ‎ D. we have an expanding network and fast-growing airlines ‎2. You can not fly from Beijing to Pusan on ___. ‎ ‎ A. Tuesday B. Saturday C. Thursday D. Sunday ‎3. Passengers can reach ___ from Seoul with a non-stop flight. ‎ A. Pusan and Beijing B. Pusan and Shanghai C. Shanghai and Beijing D. only Pusan ‎4. We can infer ___. ‎ ‎ A. The price of the flight will go up B. Beijing and Shanghai are big cities ‎ C. Asiana is opening more lines ‎ D. China and Korea will have a closer tie if the airline is safe Passage 42‎ ‎7:00 a.m.: Woke up. It was sunny but there was a cold wind blowing.‎ ‎7:30 a.m.: Had breakfast quickly because I slept in.‎ ‎7:45 a.m.: Lieu arrived on his bike.‎ ‎8:00 a.m.: Spent morning riding our bikes. We visited Ming and Gordon.‎ ‎12:30 p.m.: Had lunch at Lieu’s house. His mother made hamburgers. They were good to eat.‎ ‎3:00 p.m.: Went home after playing computer games. Saw Alex in the park on the way home.‎ ‎4:00 p.m.: Watched TV until dinner time.‎ KIM’S DIARY ‎1. Kim’s diary tells us that she _____.‎ A. enjoyed her lunch B. missed out on breakfast C. doesn’t like hamburgers D. went to Lieu’s house for dinner ‎ ‎2. According to Kim’s diary, which of the following is the correct order of the events?‎ A. Watched TV, ate lunch, rode bike, played computer games.‎ B. Ate lunch, rode bike, watched TV, played computer games.‎ C. Rode bike, ate lunch, played computer games, watched TV.‎ D. Played computer games, watched TV, ate lunch, rode bike. ‎ Passage 43‎ TELEPHONE MESSAGE To: Deborah Lai(English teacher)‎ Mr./Mrs./Ms.: Wong ‎√Telephoned □Called in □Wrote a note To say: His daughter Angela will not be back at school until Thursday because she is sick. He would like to speak to you about the work she is missing. His phone number is 5895337.‎ Please:‎ ‎√Telephone □Write a note □Make t time to see Message taken by: Mrs. Lee Date: Monday 12 August Time; 9:05 a.m.‎ ‎1. Angela will be back at school on _______.‎ A. 15th August B. 12th August ‎ C. Monday D. Wednesday ‎ ‎2. Mr. Wong would like the teacher to _________.‎ A. return his call B. write him a letter C. make an appointment to see him D. telephone his daughter Angela ‎ ‎3. From this information it is possible to tell that Mr. Wong is a _______.‎ A. teacher in a nearby school.‎ B. man who takes messages at the school C. father who cares about his daughter’s progress D. hard working business man Passage 44‎ INSIDE ‎* Zhu to attend Asem in London China’s new premier, Zhu Rongji is to attend the Second Asia Europe Meeting (Asem) and visit Britain and France between March 31 and April 7 in his first foreign trip since taking office. –page 2‎ ‎* Laid-off workers ‎ Beijing will take measure to help the city’s laid-off workers find new jobs this year. ‎ ‎ –Page 3 ‎ ‎* Family reform China Daily carries a commentary (评价) on family planning policy which is crucial(关系重大) to the country’s future.‎ ‎– Page 4‎ ‎* Banking reform The Shanghai branch of the People’s Bank of China is preparing to initiate(着手) a series of reforms to improve services. ‎ ‎ –Page 5‎ ‎* Education reform ‎ A complete reform in Chinese language teaching is called for in primary and secondary education. ‎ Page 9‎ ‎* Healthy old man ‎ Two Chinese World War ‎ Ⅱpilots keep healthy in their 80s through regular exercise programmes. –Page 10‎ ‎1. The above section may probably appear on _______ of China Daily.‎ A. Page 1 B. Page 3 C. Page 4 D. Page5‎ ‎2. From the headline we expect there will be _______ job chances for laid –off workers in Beijing this year.‎ A. fewer B. enough C. more D. no ‎3. Premier Zhu will go to Europe to _______.‎ A. attend Asem in Paris B. visit Britain and France from March to April C. have his first foreign trip D. attend the meeting and pay an official visit to Britain and France as well. ‎ ‎4. We can infer that Chinese language teaching in Primary ad secondary schools at present _______.‎ A. is satisfactory B. meets the demand of the society C. needs improvement D. interests students Passage 45‎ Beijing World Hotel BAUHAUS Here we opened an excellent German bar. Guests will feel the atmosphere(气氛)of a bar in Berlin, enjoy real German beers and meals. Nightly live band performance from 21:00 hours onwards.‎ Location: Ground Level, West Wing Building, Beijing World Trade Center Operating hours: 12:00 to 03:00 hours (Sun-Thu)‎ ‎ 12:00 to 05:00 hours (Fri-Sat)‎ LOST HORIZON You are the star at the Lost Horizon room. Over 7,000 selections of Mandarin, Japanese, Cantonese, Korean, Taiwanese and English songs are all for your singing pleasure.‎ GOURMET It is so simple to prepare a great meal at home now that you can buy the best meats, milk products, wines, breads, cakes and more…all under one roof.‎ Location: Basement 1, Beijing World Trade Center Operating hours: 19:00 to 21:00 hours ‎1. Beijing World Hotel is a place ________.‎ A. where you can live comfortably ‎ B. which seems to be divided into 3 parts C. you can visit anytime by day of at night ‎ D. which looks like a big hotel in Berlin ‎2. The word “Location” in the three passages all means “_______”‎ A. The place that fits you is this.‎ B. Where is it?‎ C. Where can you enjoy yourself?‎ D. The place that sells good food and drinks is here. ‎ ‎3. One of the signs here shows that Bauhaus is a place where one can ______.‎ A. buy the best beers B. enjoy living at night from 9:00 p.m. onward C. drink beers made in Germany D. enjoy a good night drinking beers and listening to music only after 9:00 p.m. ‎ ‎4. LOST HORIZON is a place where one can _______.‎ A. listen to over 7,000 songs sung in several languages B. sing over 7,000songs sung in several languages C. sing and listen to songs sung in several languages D. enjoy singing and listening to over 7,000 songs sung in several languages ‎ Passage 46‎ Friday the 13th The standard nineteenth-century explanation for the supposed unluckiness of the number 13 was that there were thirteen at Jesus’ Last Supper---Judas was generally thought of as the ‎ thirteenth. This widely repeated interpretation led to the fear of the number 13 in general, and people would avoid having 13 at table or in a party. The supposed misfortune of Friday also originated from Christian beliefs, for the Crucifixion took place on that day. ‎ But both fears have their earlier roots than Christianity was ever created. The fear of Fridays may have been connected with the Norse goddess Freya; beginning journeys on her day was considered rude to Freya and would offend her. The number 13 has been considered ill since ancient times. Romans linked the number to death, destruction and misfortune. And people traditionally thought that the witch meeting had thirteen members. ‎ Someone tried to give a more reasonable explanation for such number speculations. He noted that twelve is the result of the two favorable numbers, three and four; but that thirteen cannot be so easily divided. Like eleven, then, thirteen may be suspected of its supernatural quality. ‎ ‎1. The standard nineteenth-century explanation for the supposed misfortune of 13 may have its roots in . ‎ ‎ A. Christianity. B. ancient Rome. ‎ ‎ C. ancient Greece. D. ancient Egypt. ‎ ‎2. People’s fear of the number 13 may originate from the beliefs that . ‎ ‎ A. Judas was the thirteenth at Jesus’ Last Supper. ‎ ‎ B. There were thirteen members at Jesus’ Last Supper. ‎ ‎ C. the thirteenth was supposed to be linked to death and destruction. ‎ ‎ D. all of the above. ‎ ‎3. People’s fear of Friday may originate from the ideas that .‎ A. Jesus had his last supper on Friday. ‎ B. The crucifixion took place on Friday. ‎ C. Beginning journeys on Friday would offend the Norse Goddess Freya. ‎ D. Both B and C. ‎ Passage 47‎ Black Cat It is probably because of its slyness and shrewdness, the cat is often supposed to be connected with witches and the devil. This fear may stem from the Middle Ages. ‎ In Europe, the time between the Middle Ages and the 18th century is known as the witch-hunting era. In most of the cases, the “witches” were typically older women whose crimes were eccentricity, solitude and, especially, the inability to withstand the ordeals. Frequently, the evidence the witch-hunters gave was that the old woman owned a demon in the shape of an animal, most commonly a toad and a cat. Such belief of toads has died out today, but the prejudice against the black cat survives. ‎ Interestingly, although black cats are widely held in awe, that awe is not always one of fear. ‎ In England black cats are considered lucky and this prejudice for the animal is believed to have existed from time immemorial. ‎ ‎1. Linking the black cat to misfortune may originate from .‎ A. ancient Rome. ‎ B. Europe in the Middle Ages. ‎ C. ancient Greece. ‎ D. ancient Asia. ‎ ‎2. The “witch-hunting era” refers to .‎ A. the Middle Ages. ‎ B. the prehistoric times. ‎ C. the time between the Middle Ages and the 19th century. ‎ D. the time between the Middle Ages and the 18th century. ‎ ‎3. In that era, the evidence that an older woman was a witch was .‎ A. that she never went out of her house.‎ B. that she owned a cat or a toad. ‎ C. that she did not like children. ‎ D. that she was always dressed in black. ‎ ‎4. In England black cats are .‎ A. considered unlucky. B. considered lucky. ‎ C. feared by people. D. hated by people. ‎ Passage 48‎ Walking Under a Ladder Avoiding ladders used to be linked to the story of the Crucifixion: one kept away from the instrument that had taken Jesus down from the cross, or else one would suffer bad luck. This is highly suspect reasoning, since no ladder is mentioned in the Bible. The superstition has also been linked to the fear of entering the Holy Trinity’s emblematic triangle, formed by the ladder, wall and ground. Maybe the simplest reasoning for not walking under a ladder is that in going around it you are less likely to be rained on paint or hammers. ‎ Decide whether the following statements are true(T) or false(F). ‎ 1. People generally avoid walking under a ladder. ‎ 2. The ladder is connected with Jesus’ birth. ‎ 3. The ladder symbolizes the Holy Trinity. ‎ 4. Ladder, wall and ground form a triangle which symbolizes the Holy Trinity. ‎ 5. One who is walking under a ladder is likely to be hit by something falling down. ‎ Passage 49‎ Saying “God Bless You to a Sneezer”‎ When you sneeze, Americans would say “God bless you” to you. In many European cultures, sneezing traditionally is associated with death and Americans believe that you are very close to death when you sneeze, because sneezing can expel the soul, and thus life will escaped from the body. So they say, ”God bless you” to a sneezer as a charm against the ‎ danger of the moment. Neglecting these magical words could mean that the sneezer would end up in the next world. ‎ However, many peoples around the world are cheered by hearing someone sneeze. The Maori of New Zealand believe that the creator God Tike sneezed life into the first human being; the Zulus of Southern Africa take the sneeze as the sign of a kind-hearted spirit; recognized that the dead never sneeze. Some American Indian peoples say that a good sneeze clears the brain. ‎ ‎1. Americans say when you sneeze. ‎ A. I’m sorry to hear that B. God bless you C. I’m afraid you’ve got a cold D. What’s wrong with you ‎2. Americans say so to you because .‎ A. they are worry about your health. ‎ B. They show sympathy with you. ‎ C. They wish it helps you avoid the danger traditionally associated with sneezing. ‎ D. They wish you happiness. ‎ ‎3. “Neglecting these magical words could mean that the sneezer would end up in the next world.” Here “end up” means .‎ A. Finish. B. Suffer. C. Live. D. Die. ‎ ‎4. The Maori of New Zealand believe that Tike .‎ A. Sneezed life into the first human body. ‎ B. Blew life into the first human body. ‎ C. Created the first human body from earth. ‎ D. Created the first human being with the ability of sneezing. ‎ ‎5. All of the people are glad to hear someone sneeze except .‎ A. Ancient Hebrews. B. American Indians. ‎ C. American colonists. D. Zulus of southern Africa. ‎ Passage 50‎ ‎ Break a leg This is an odd but traditional good luck wish to an actor about to go on. Among highly superstitious theater people, it is thought that if people wish for good luck, something will inevitably go wrong. So they wish for bad luck instead, and hope that the efficacy will just be the reverse. ‎ There are some other superstitious beliefs among actors. It is good luck, for example, to have their shoes squeak during an entrance, and it is good luck to have a theater cat. But bad luck comes from all directions: from whistling in the theater, from repeating the last line of a play at rehearsal, from certain shades of yellow, and from being forced to appear on a set with a picture of an ostrich. ‎ These traditional beliefs may be attributed to the artistic temperament, which tends to be full of strange ideas. Or, they may have much to do with the unfavorable situations of actors: the high tension on the stage, the instability of the profession, and the low social status until quite ‎ recent times. When your livelihood depends on satisfying the public by pretending to be someone you are not, it is no wonder you are always expecting disaster. ‎ ‎1. One should say to an actor as a good luck wish. ‎ A. wish you success. ‎ B. good luck. ‎ C. break a leg. ‎ D. may you be successful.‎ ‎2. Actors or actresses wish for bad luck before they get on the stage because .‎ A. they hope to suffer something. ‎ B. they superstitiously believe that good luck wishes would bring about something wrong. ‎ C. they hate each other. ‎ D. they are competing with each other. ‎ ‎3. According to the passage, actors believe that all these things will bring them bad luck except . ‎ A. a theater cat. ‎ B. Certain shades of yellow. ‎ C. Whistling in the theater. ‎ D. A set with a picture of an ostrich. ‎ ‎4. This tradition may come from the fact that . ‎ A. actors like to show differences from average people. ‎ B. actors usually live under high stress. ‎ C. actors usually like to suffer disasters. ‎ D. actors want to behave in a strange way. ‎ Passage 51‎ Burning Ears ‎ When someone is speaking ill of another out of that person’s hearing, it is said that the person’s ears are burning or tingling; then superstition supposes that when a person’s ears burn, it is a sign of some distant malevolence. This belief can be explained by the assumption that there exists a kind of universal fluid that could carry the curse and “touch” ears at a distance, even though it was out of range of hearing. The more common-sense explanation seems a better one. When someone yells at or insults you in your presence, in the metaphoric sense, it is to say that he has “burned” your ears. Or when we are rebuked, we frequently blush with embarrassment. Reasoning backwards, then, we can assume that ear burning always has the same cause and that words spoken about us behind our back can embarrass us just as much as those spoken to our faces. ‎ ‎1. According to the American superstition, if your ears burn, it indicates that .‎ A. your old friend will visit you soon. ‎ B. something unfortunate will happen. ‎ C. someone is speaking ill of you. ‎ D. someone is thinking of you. ‎ ‎2. “when a person’s ears burn, it is a sign of some distant malevolence.” Here “distant ‎ malevolence” means .‎ A. danger at the distance. ‎ B. Ill words towards you behind your back. ‎ C. Opponents living far away. ‎ D. Unhappy experience in the past. ‎ ‎3. “we can assume that ear burning always has the same cause … “ Here “the same cause” refers to .‎ A. The reason that causes us to blush. ‎ B. The reason why we are rebuked. ‎ C. The universal fluid. ‎ D. Embarrassment. ‎ ‎4. The following phrases have the same meanings except .‎ A. out of one’s hearing. ‎ B. out of range of hearing. ‎ C. behind one’s back. ‎ D. to one’s face ‎5. The phrase “in one’s presence” means .‎ A. out of one’s hearing. B. Out of range of haring. ‎ C. behind one’s back. D. To one’s face. ‎ Passage 52‎ Presidents’ Day In February, the United States honors two great American presidents, Abraham Lincoln on February 12th, and George Washington on February 22nd. These two days are made into one legal holiday on the third Monday in February, called Presidents' Day.‎ Both presidents have been honored in different ways. George Washington is the only president to have a state named after him. The nation's capital, Washington D.C., also has his name. There are cities, towns, streets, schools, bridges, and parks named after both President Lincoln and President Washington. Both have famous memorials in Washington D.C. Their portraits also appear on postage stamps, bills, and coins. Washington's house in Mount Vernon and Lincoln's homes in Springfield, Illinois, have been made into museums.‎ Cherry pie is a traditional food for Washington's Birthday because of a popular story about him. It is said that when he was a little boy, one day Washington cut down his father's favorite cherry tree. When asked by his father, he admitted his wrong doing and said, "I cannot tell a lie."‎ ‎1. On which day are the two presidents honored?‎ A. The third day in February.‎ B. The third Monday in February.‎ C. The third Monday in January.‎ D. The third Monday in March.‎ ‎2. When was George Washington born?‎ A. On 22nd February.‎ B. On February 22nd.‎ C. On the third Monday in February.‎ D. On February 12th.‎ ‎3. Why do Americans have Presidents' Day on the third Monday in February?‎ A. Because both of the presidents were born on that day.‎ B. Because they were both made presidents on that day.‎ C. Because people have made the birthdays of the two presidents into one legal holiday on that day.‎ D. The presidents left a will to honor them on that day. ‎ ‎4. Why do Americans have many places named after the two famous presidents?‎ A. They want to honor their beloved presidents.‎ B. They want the names of the places easily remembered.‎ C. They want other countries to know that they have two famous presidents.‎ D. They just want to comfort the president’s families.‎ ‎5. Why do Americans use cherry pie as their traditional food on that day?‎ A. They want to learn something good from the presidents.‎ B. Washington liked eating it before his death.‎ C. Because Washington cut down his father's cherry tree.‎ D. Because cherry pie is very good to eat.‎ Passage 53‎ Easter Eggs. ‎ Easter falls officially on the Sunday following the first full moon after March 21. The name Easter itself derives from Europe, the Anglo-Saxon goddess of springtime and sunrise. Christians relate the rising of the sun to resurrection of Jesus, Son of God, and therefore Easter, like Easter, represents rebirth of the soul. ‎ It is because of this association of the holiday with rebirth that the egg has long been its chief symbol. The egg was a symbol of spring and fertility (for the egg is the original germ from which all life proceeds) long before the Christian era. The ancient Persians, Greeks and Chinese exchanged eggs at their spring festivals. In Christian times the egg took on a new meaning, symbolizing Christ’s tomb---a cold and hard casket from which new life finally broke forth in triumph. In modern times the egg is still the most important part of Easter customs. Egg-rolling contests, egg hunts and egg-dyeing are still very popular with Americans at Easter time. Today Easter is more a family day than a religious holiday. Relatives and friends get together for large Easter dinners. Many American and friends get together for large Easter dinners. Many American cities have Easter parades. People enjoy the return of the milder weather by walking outdoors to display their new spring clothes. ‎ ‎1. People observe Easter originally to celebrate .‎ A. the goddess of springtime and sunrise. ‎ B. The resurrection of Jesus. ‎ C. The return of the mild weather. ‎ D. The rising of the sun in a new spring. ‎ ‎2. Christians compare the resurrection of Jesus to . ‎ A. The rising of the sun. ‎ B. The return of the spring. ‎ C. Easter. ‎ D. The egg. ‎ ‎3. It can be concluded that the core of the holiday’s significance is .‎ A. The moon. B. The sun. ‎ C. new life. D. The egg. ‎ ‎4. Which of the following activities at Easter time is not mentioned in the passage? ‎ A. Egg-rolling contests. B. Egg-boiling contests. ‎ C. Egg hunts. D. Egg-dyeing. ‎ 5. Which of the following statements is true according to the passage? ‎ A. Easter is celebrated on the first Sunday of March. ‎ B. Easter is no longer a religious holiday in modern times. ‎ C. In Christian beliefs, the egg symbolizes the full moon on the day when Jesus rose from his tomb. ‎ D. Today Easter is mainly a family holiday and people have reunion dinners and walk outdoors to enjoy the spring. ‎ Passage 54‎ April Fool’s Day. ‎ April 1 is widely known as April Fool’s day. The custom of sending others on fool’s errands or playing other practical jokes on that day has been existing since at least the Middle Ages. The two most popular explanations in the nineteenth century were that April was a month of variable (that is, “fooling” ) weather, and that the Jews started the custom during Jesus’ passion, by sending him on fool’s errands to various magistrates (Caiaphas, Herod, and finally Pilate) before his crucifixion. ‎ These explanations seem rather unconvincing and here is offered a more reasonable one. (until 1564, March 25 marked the European New Year, and the festivities typically lasted eight days, until April 1. In that year, the calendar changed, and the New Year’s Day became January 1. But not everyone immediately got the message, and those who continued to make the New Year’s visits and offer the traditional presents on April 1 would have been called April fools. Eventually the custom of playing tricks on others was established. ‎ In the United States today, April Fool’s jokes are played mostly by children, who enjoy the holiday immensely. Here are some typical pranks: ‎ ‎---- Calling the zoo and asking to speak to Mr. Lion ‎---- Putting salt in the sugar bowl ‎---- Setting the clock back an hour. ‎ ‎--- Saying to a friend, “Oh my. You have four big holes in your coat--buttonholes”‎ ‎---- Tying a string to a wallet and leaving the wallet in the middle of the sidewalk. When someone stops to pick it up, the prankster yanks it out of reach. ‎ ‎1. On April 1, the typical practice is to .‎ A. humiliate others. ‎ A. Play tricks on others. ‎ B. Send parents to others. ‎ C. Call others “fools”. ‎ ‎2. According to the 19th-century explanations, the origin of this custom was related to .‎ A. Jesus’ passion. ‎ B. The weather of the month. ‎ C. The ignorance of people. ‎ D. Both A and B. ‎ ‎3. According to the more reasonable explanation, in Europe, the New Year’s Day was in 1564. ‎ A. January 1 B. March 1‎ C. March 25 D. April 1‎ ‎4. According to the passage, enjoy this holiday most. ‎ A. Children B. The middle-aged C. the elders D. Housewives Passage 55‎ ‎ Halloween Trick-or-treat. ‎ On the evening of the October 31, many parents, schools and community centers hold Halloween parties where children can have fun telling ghost stories, competing for prizes, bobbing for apples and telling fortunes. American children love to dress up in ghosts and go “trick-or-treating”. If an adult refuses to supply a treat---candies, cookies, fruits or money (for charitable organizations, such as United Nations Children’s Fund)----the children may play a trick. Typical Halloween pranks are soaping windows, writing on doors with crayons, overturning ash cans and sticking pins into the doorbells to keep them ringing. Halloween, which began in ancient times as an evening of terror, is now an occasion of great merriment for youngsters. It is certainly one of the favorite holidays of American children. ‎ In 835 A. D., the Roman Catholic Church declared November 1 a church holiday to honor all departed Christian saints. The name Halloween is a short way of saying All Hallow’s Eve, the night before All Saints’ Day. Hallow means holy or sacred. But although Halloween gets its name from a Christian festival, its customs come from an ancient Celtic festival in honor of Samhain, lord of death. After Samhain offered a feast to the dead, masked and costumed villagers representing the souls of the dead paraded to the outskirts of the town leading the ghosts away. ‎ It is also said that the Celts worshipped gods of nature. They feared the coming of winter, associating it with death and evil spirits. Every year on the evening of October 31, they built huge bonfires to scare away the demons of evil and death. They threw animals and crops from the harvest into the fire to appease the evil spirits. They dressed in ugly and frightening costumes so that the demons would think that they were one of them and do them no harm. Supposedly, on this evening ghosts rose from their graves and witches rode through the air on broomstick or black cats. Also the souls of dead relatives and friends were expected to return to earth for a visit. The bonfire were built on hill tops to help guide these spirits back home. ‎ ‎1. Halloween is traditionally celebrated on .‎ A. October 30. B. October 31. ‎ C. November 1. D. November 2. ‎ ‎2. All Saints’ Day is on .‎ A. October 30. B. October 31. ‎ C. November 1. D. November 2. ‎ ‎3. In the first paragraph, the word “prank” probably means .‎ A. Treat. B. Terror.‎ C. trick. D. Treaty. ‎ ‎4. According to the first paragraph, Halloween is especially popular among children because .‎ A. Children have great fun taking part in various activities. ‎ B. Children get pocket money from trick-or-tricking. ‎ C. Children are allowed to play tricks without being punished. ‎ D. Children are glad to dress up in ghosts. ‎ ‎5. Which of the following statement is true?‎ A. Halloween customs come from a Christian festival. ‎ B. According to the Celtic tradition, bonfires were built to welcome the return of the souls. ‎ C. The Celts threw animals and crops into the bonfires to celebrate their good harvest. ‎ D. It was believed that on Halloween witches rode through the air on broomsticks or black cats. ‎ Passage 56‎ ‎ The Christmas Tree In pre-Christian Europe, people believed that trees (fruit trees and evergreens in particular) were embodiment of powerful beings. In the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, the designated miracle play for December 25 was the story of Adam and Eve and in this play the chief prop was an apple-hung evergreen called the paradise tree. In the sixteenth century, German families began bringing evergreens into their homes during the Christmas season. By the seventeenth century, they were known as Christbaiime (Christ trees) and were being decorated with fruits, candies, cookies; candles and wafers resembling the eucharistic host. ‎ The first Christmas trees in America were set up by German immigrants in the 1820s and the almost universal adoption of the custom dates from the 1910s. Now at Christmas time decorated trees stand in about two-thirds of American homes. The modern American tree is usually covered with colored balls and strings of colored lights. The star on top represents the Star in the East which guided the three Wise Men to Bethlehem. ‎ ‎1. Christmas is traditionally celebrated on .‎ A. December 24 B. December 25‎ C. December 30 D. December 31‎ ‎2. In the play about Adam and Eve, the paradise tree should be .‎ A. An apple tree. B. A pear tree. ‎ B. A plum tree. D. Any fruit tree. ‎ ‎3. Christmas trees became widespread in America .‎ A. in the 1920s B. In the 1910s C. in the 1820s D. In the 1810s ‎4. The top of a Christmas tree is traditionally decorated with .‎ A. colored balls B. Colored lights. C. colored paper D. Star-shaped objects. ‎ 第六部分 历届高考阅读真题 ‎◇1996年阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎(A)‎ We walked in so quietly that the nurse at the desk didn't even lift her eyes from the book. Mum pointed at a big chair by the door and I knew she wanted me to sit down. While I watched mouth open in surprise, Mum took off her hat and coat and gave them to me to hold. She walked quietly to the small room by the lift and took out a wet mop. She pushed the mop past the desk and as the nurse looked up, Mum nodded and said, "Very dirty floors."‎ ‎"Yes, I'm glad they've finally decided to clean them," the nurse answered. She looked at Mum strangely and said, "But aren't you working late?"‎ Mum just pushed harder, each swipe (拖一下) of the mop taking her farther and farther down the hall. I watched until she was out of sight and the nurse had turned back to writing in the big book.‎ After a long time Mum came back. Her eyes were shining. She quickly put the mop back and took my hand. As we turned to go out of the door, Mum bowed politely to the nurse and said, "Thank you."‎ Outside, Mum told me:" Dagmar is fine. No fever."‎ ‎"You saw her, Mum?"‎ ‎“Of course. I told her about the hospital rules, and she will not expect us until tomorrow. Dad will stop worrying as well. It’s a fine hospital. But such floors! A mop is no good. You need a brush."‎ ‎51. When she took a mop from the small room what Mum really wanted to do was _______.‎ A. to clean the floor B. to please the nurse C. to see a patient D. to surprise the story-teller ‎ ‎52. When the nurse talked to Mum she thought Mum was a ___________.‎ A. nurse B. visitor C. patient D. cleaner ‎ ‎53. After reading the story what can we infer about the hospital?‎ A. It is a children's hospital.‎ B. It has strict rules about visiting hours.‎ C. The conditions there aren't very good.‎ D. The nurses and doctors there don't work hard. ‎ ‎54. From the text we know that Dagmar is most likely _________.‎ A. the story-teller's sister B. Mum's friend C. the story-teller's classmate D. Dad's boss ‎ ‎55. Which of the following words best describes Mum?‎ A. strange B. warm-hearted C. clever D. hard-working ‎ ‎(B)‎ When you want to see if a library has the book you want, you can use the catalogue (目录) in the library. Most catalogues of books in a library take the form of small cards kept in boxes. One way of arranging (排列) the cards is in ABC order by the family names of the writers.‎ Catalogue cards usually give the following important information: (1) the name of the writer, (2) the shelf-mark (架号) , that is, the Dewey number which helps people to find where the books are, (3) the title of the book, (4) the year of publication and the publisher, and (5) the number of pages in the book.‎ ‎56. If you know the title of a book and want to find out if it is in the catalogue, what else do you need to know?‎ A. The shelf-mark. B. The name of the writer.‎ C. The Dewey number. D. The year of publication.‎ ‎57. Which of the following is the kind of catalogue card described in the text?‎ A. ‎ ‎428. 65 Brooks, J. and Grundy, P.‎ ‎ Writing for Study Purposes ‎ Cambridge University Press ‎ (1954) 78pp ‎783. 25 The best book ‎ for writing practice ‎ Practical Writing ‎ (1965) 213pp B．‎ C. ‎ ‎315. 08 Reading Skills ‎ Beijing University Press ‎ (1990) 160pp D. ‎ ‎921. 87 Smith, J ‎ Practical Reading ‎ The People's Publishing House ‎ (1989)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎(C)‎ ‎ Most animals have little connection with animals of a different kind, unless they hunt them for food. Sometimes, however, two kinds of animals come together in a partnership (伙伴关系) which does good to both of them. You may have noticed some birds sitting on the backs of sheep. This is not because they want a ride, but because they find easy food in the parasites (寄生虫) on sheep. The sheep allow the birds to do so because they remove the cause of discomfort. So although they can manage without each other, they do better together.‎ ‎ Sometimes an animal has a plant partner. The relationship develops until the two partners cannot manage without each other. This is so in the corals (珊瑚) of the sea. In their skins they have tiny plants which act as "dustman", taking some of the waste products from the coral and giving in return oxygen which the animal needs to breathe. If the plants are killed, or are even prevented from light so that they cannot live normally, the corals will die.‎ ‎58. Some birds like to sit on a sheep because _____________.‎ A. they can eat its parasites B. they depend on the sheep for existence C. they enjoy travelling with the sheep D. they find the position most comfortable ‎ ‎59. The underlined word "they" in the last sentence of the first paragraph refers to ________.‎ A. birds and parasites B. birds and sheep C. parasites and sheep D. sheep, birds and parasites ‎ ‎60. It can be learnt from the text that the coral depends on the plant for ________.‎ A. comfort B. light C. food D. oxygen ‎ ‎61. What does the second paragraph mainly discuss?‎ A. Some animals and plants depend on each other for existence.‎ B. Some animals and plants develop their relationship easily.‎ C. Some plants depend on each other for food.‎ D. Some animals live better together. ‎ ‎(D)‎ ‎ In 19th century England people liked to go to the seaside. In those days, ladies wore long bathing dresses, and men wore bathing suits. Women did not walk about on the beach (沙滩) in their bathing dresses. They hired a bathing machine. A bathing machine was used for changing in, and for taking the bather down to the sea. It cost 2 pence (便士) to hire a machine and an attendant (侍者). When she had paid, the bather climbed up the back steps and got into the bathing machine. Then she changed into her bathing dress. When she had changed, the machine was pulled down to the sea. The bathing machine stopped in the water and the bather went down the front steps into the water. If she did not want to get into the sea, the attendant ‎ pulled her in.‎ ‎62. A 19th century English lady bathing in the sea would wear something like:‎ ‎ ‎ ‎63. Who used the bathing machine?‎ A. Women bathers. B. Both men and women bathers.‎ C. Bathers who couldn't swim. D. Bathers who couldn't walk.‎ ‎64. A bathing machine was mainly used for ___________.‎ A. giving the bather a pleasure rides on the beach B. giving the bather some exercise before getting into the water C. protecting the bather from catching cold from the sea wind D. protecting the bather from being seen in a bathing dress out of water ‎ ‎65. In the 19th century people who used the bathing machine usually did the following things. Which is the right order for doing them?‎ a. Changing into bathing clothes.‎ b. Getting out of the bathing machine.‎ c. Paying 2 pence.‎ d. Getting into the bathing machine.‎ e. Being taken down the beach.‎ f. Getting into the water.‎ A. e, d, a, b, f, c B. c, d, a, e, b, f C. c, d, e, a, b, f D. d, a, e, b, f, c ‎ ‎(E)‎ EVENTS (赛事)‎ Bicycle tour (旅行) and race ‎ A bike tour and race will be held on August 26 and 27 (Sat. & Sun.). At 5:30 am, the riders will leave Tian' anmen Square and ride the first 35 kilometres as a training leg, Then the next 55 kilometres leg, from Yanjiao to Jixian, will be the first competitive (竞争性的) part of the tour. The riders and their bikes will then be taken from Jixian to Changli.‎ ‎ The second racing leg of the tour will be from Changli to the seaside of Nandaihe, covering a distance of 20 kilometres. Saturday night includes the stay at Nandaihe and supper. Sunday morning is free for play at the seaside. At noon all the people and their bikes will be taken back to Beijing.‎ ‎ Cost: 200 yuan ‎ Telephone: 4675027‎ Brazilian footballers ‎ The Brazilian Football Club will play Beijing Guo'an Team at the Workers’ Stadium on August 26. The club has four national team players. Also coming is 1994 US World Cup star Romario who has promised to play for at least 45 minutes.‎ ‎ Ticket prices: 60, 100, 150 yuan ‎ Time/Date: 4:30pm, August 26 (Sat.)‎ ‎ Telephone: 5012372‎ Rock climbing ‎ The Third National Rock Climbing Competition will be held on August 26-27 at the Huairou Mountain-Climbing Training Base. More than 10 teams from Beijing, Wuhan, Dalian, Jilin and other places will take part in it. A Japanese team will give an exhibition climbing. Free for spectators (观众).‎ Take a long-distance bus from Dongzhimen to Huairou.‎ Time/Date: 9:00-12:00am, August 26 and 27‎ Telephone: 7143177, 7144850, Wang Zhenghua ‎66. The main purpose of announcing the above events is to give information about ________.‎ A. visiting teams B. famous players C. things to do for the weekend D. prices to pay for the sports events ‎ ‎67. If you take part in the bike tour, you will ride for ____________.‎ A. 35 kilometres B. 55 kilometres C. 75 kilometres D. 110 kilometres ‎ ‎68. The underlined word "leg" in "Bicycle tour and race" probably means ___________.‎ A. race B. practice C. part of the training D. part of the tour ‎ ‎69. What is special about the rock climbing competition?‎ A. A foreign team takes part in it.‎ B. You can watch it without paying.‎ C. You don't have to be a sportsman to take part.‎ D. The bus trip to the place of the competition is free. ‎ ‎70. If you want to find something to do for Saturday afternoon, which telephone number will you call?‎ A. 4675027 B. 7143177‎ C. 5012372 D. 7144850 ‎ ‎◇1997年阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎(A)‎ ‎ JINTAN, JIANGSU: The 20 students 18 boys and 2 girls had a thousand reasons to be ‎ proud of themselves. They had just climbed their way to the top rung (阶梯) out of 4 million students taking part in the Fifth National Hua Luogeng Gold Gup Mathematics Contest (竞赛) on Tuesday evening.‎ ‎ The 20 gold medal winners are all primary and middle school students under the age of 14. "Many of the problems are of college level and these pupils can figure them out. It is just unbelievable!" said a teacher from Guangdong province.‎ Named after China's most famous mathematician, Hua Luogeng, the contest started in 1986, one year after his death. In less than 10 years, it has been recognised by the State Education Commission (国家教委) as the country's biggest and best contest of its kind.‎ ‎51. This news story is mainly about ____________.‎ A. when the contest started B. how the contest got its name C. the 20 pupils who have won gold medals in the contest D. the Fifth National Hua Luogeng Gold Cup Mathematics Contest ‎ ‎52. This news story most probably appeared in a newspaper in ____________.‎ A. 1986 B. 1987 C. 1995 D. 1997 ‎ ‎53. It can be inferred from the text that the teacher from Guangdong province __________.‎ A. felt proud of the gold medal winners B. wondered if the students were honest C. thought that the problems were too difficult for the students D. believed that the twenty winners could go to study at university ‎ ‎54. The underlined phrase "figure out" in the text means _______.‎ A. work out B. add up C. guess D. study ‎ ‎(B)‎ ‎ In the 1930s, a lot of people in the USA were out of work. Among these people was a man named Alfred Butts. He always had an interest in word games and so, to fill his time, he planned a game which he called "Lexico". However, he was not completely satisfied with the game, so he made a number of changes to it and, in time, changed its name from "Lexico“ to "Alph" and then to "Criss Cross". He wanted to make some money from his new game but he didn't have any real commercial (商业性的) success.‎ ‎ In 1939, Butts happened to meet a man called Jim Brunmot who showed an interest in the new game. The two men worked together on developing the game and in 1948 it was offered for sale in the United States under its new name-"Scrabble".‎ ‎ At first, it didn't sell very well. In the first year it sold just 2, 250 sets and by 1951 it had only reached 8, 500 sets a year.‎ ‎ Then, in 1952 the manager of Macy's department store in New York, Jack Strauss, happened to play "Scrabble" while be was on holiday. He thought it was a wonderful game and, when he went back to work after his holiday, he insisted that Macy's should stock (储备) the game and make an effort (努力) to call the public's attention to it.‎ ‎ As a result, "Scrabble" became a big success in the United States and it soon spread to ‎ Australia and then to other English-speaking countries.‎ ‎55. The text is mainly about __________.‎ ‎ A. "Lexico" B. three men ‎ C. a word game D. Alfred Butts ‎ ‎56. Alfred Butts invented the game "Lexico" ___________.‎ ‎ A. to make himself famous ‎ B. to make spelling simpler ‎ C. when he was out of work and looking for a job ‎ D. when he was playing word games to pass the time ‎ ‎57. Who made "Scrabble" popular?‎ A. Alfred Butts. ‎ B. Jack Strauss.‎ ‎ C. Alfred Butts and Jim Brunot.‎ ‎ D. Jack Strauss and Jim Brunot. ‎ ‎58. When did Alfred Butts first put his game on the market?‎ ‎ A. In 1939. B. In 1948.‎ ‎ C. Before 1939. D. Between 1939 and 1948. ‎ ‎(C)‎ ‎ Allan goes everywhere with Birgitta Anderson, a 54-year-old secretary. He moves around her office at work and goes shopping with her. "Most people don't seen to mind Allan," says Birgitta, who thinks he is wonderful. "He's my fourth child," she says. She may think of him and treat him that way, buying his food, paying his health bills and his taxes, but in fact Allan is a dog.‎ ‎ Birgitta and Allan live in Sweden, a county where everyone is expected to lead an orderly life according to rules laid down by the government, which also provides (提供) a high level of care for its people. This level of care costs money.‎ ‎ People in Sweden pay taxes on everything, so aren't surprised to find that owning a dog means yet more taxes. Some people are paying as much as 500 Swedish kronor in taxes a year for the right to keep their dog, money that is spent by the government on dog hospitals and sometimes medical treatment for a dog that falls ill. However, most such treatment is expensive, so owners often decide to pay health and even life insurance (保险) for their dog.‎ ‎ In Sweden dog owners must pay for any damage (损坏) their dog does. A Swedish Kennel Club official explains what this means: if your dog runs out on the road and gets hit by a passing car you, as the owner, have to pay for any damage done to the car, even if your dog has been killed in the accident.‎ ‎59. Birgitta pays taxes for Allan because ____________.‎ ‎ A. he is her dog B. he is her child ‎ C. he follows her everywhere D. he often falls ill ‎ ‎60. The money paid as dog taxes is used to ____________.‎ ‎ A. keep a high level of care for the people B. pay for damage done by dogs ‎ C. provide medical care for dogs D. buy insurance for dog owners ‎ ‎61. If a dog causes a car accident and gets killed, who should pay for the damage done to the car?‎ ‎ A. The owner of the car. B. The owner of the dog.‎ ‎ C. The insurance company (公司). D. The government.‎ ‎62. From the text it can be inferred that in Sweden _________.‎ ‎ A. dogs are welcome in public places ‎ B. keeping dogs means asking for trouble ‎ C. many car accidents are caused by dogs ‎ D. people care much about dogs ‎ ‎(D)‎ ‎ Suppose you work in a big firm and find English very important for your job because you often deal with foreign businessmen. Now you are looking for a place where you can improve your English, especially your spoken English.‎ ‎ Here are some advertisements about English language training from newspapers. You may find the information you need.‎ Global English Centre ‎* General English in all four skills: listening, speaking, reading, and writing ‎* 3-month (700 yuan) , 6-month (1,200 yuan) and one-year (2,000 yuan) courses.‎ ‎* Choice of morning or evening classes, 3 hours per day, Mon.-Fri.‎ ‎* Experienced college English teachers.‎ ‎* Close to city centre and bus stops.‎ ‎ Tel: 67605272 Add: 105 Zhongshan road, 100082‎ Modern Language School ‎* Special courses in English for business, travel, banking, hotel management and office skills.‎ ‎* Small classes (12 - 16 students ) on Sat. & Sun. from 2:00-5:00pm.‎ ‎* Native English teachers from Canada and USA.‎ ‎* Language lab and computers supplied.‎ ‎* 3-month course: 1,050 yuan;6-month course:1,850 yuan.‎ ‎ Write or phone: Modern language School, 675 Park Road, 100056‎ ‎ Tel: 67353019‎ The 21st Century English Training Centre ‎* We specialize in effective (卓有成效的) teaching at all levels.‎ ‎* We offer morning or afternoon classes, both of which last three months and a half at a cost of 800 yuan.‎ ‎* We also have a six-week TOEFL preparation class during winter and summer holidays.‎ ‎* Entrance exams: June I and Dec. 1.‎ ‎* Only 15-minute walk from city centre.‎ ‎ Call 67801642 for more information The International House of English ‎* Three/Six-month English courses for students of all levels at very low cost: 60 yuan for 12 hours per week; convenient (方便的) class hours: 9:00-12:00 am and 2:00-5:00pm.‎ ‎* A four-month evening programme for developing speaking skills (same cost as day classes).‎ ‎* Well-trained Chinese and foreign teachers experienced in teaching English as a second/foreign language.‎ ‎* Free sightseeing and social activities (活动).‎ ‎* Very close to the Central Park.‎ ‎ For further information call 67432308‎ ‎63. You work from 9:00 am to 4:30 p.m. every day. Which schools will you choose?‎ A. Global English Centre and Modern Language School.‎ B. Global English Centre and the International House.‎ C. Modern Language School and the 21st Century.‎ D. The 21st Century and the International House. ‎ ‎64. The 21st Century is different from the other three schools in that __________.‎ A. its teaching quality is better B. it is nearest to the city centre C. its courses are more advanced D. it requires an entrance examination ‎ ‎65. You will probably prefer to go to the International House because it ___________.‎ A. offers free sightseeing and social activities B. has a special course in spoken English C. costs less than the other schools D. has native English teachers ‎ ‎66. If you take the evening programme at the International House, you will pay about _______.‎ A. 60 yuan B. 240 yuan C. 720 yuan D. 1,000 yuan ‎ ‎(E)‎ ‎ America is growing older. Fifty years ago, only 4 out of every 100 people in the United States were 65 or older. Today, 10 out of every 100 Americans are over 65. The aging of the population will affect (影响) American society in many ways--education, medicine, and business. Quietly, the graying of America has made us a very different society--one in which people have a quite different idea of what kind of behavior (行为) is suitable (合适) at various ages.‎ ‎ A person's age no longer tells you anything about his/her social position, marriage or health. There's no longer a particular year in which one goes to school or goes to work or gets married or starts a family. The social clock that kept us on time and told us when to go to school. It doesn't surprise us to hear of a 29-year-old university president or a 35-year-old grandmother, or a 70-year-old man who has become a father for the first time. Public ideas are changing.‎ ‎ Many people say, "I am much younger than my mother--or my father--was at my age." No ‎ one says "Act your age" anymore. We've stopped looking with surprise at older people who act in youthful ways.‎ ‎ 67. It can be learnt from the text that the aging of the population in America ________.‎ A. has made people feel younger B. has changed people's social position C. has changed people's understanding of age D. has slowed down the country's social development ‎ ‎ 68. The underlined word "one" refers to ____________.‎ A. a society B. America C. a place D. population ‎ ‎ 69. "Act your age" means people should ___________.‎ ‎ A. be active when they are old ‎ B. do the right thing at the right age C. show respect for their parents young or old D. take more physical exercise suitable to their age ‎ ‎70. If a 25-year -old man becomes general manager of a big firm, the writer of the text would most probably consider it ________.‎ A. normal B. wonderful C. unbelievable D. unreasonable ‎ ‎◇1998年阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎(A)‎ ‎ Today, roller skating is easy and fun. But a long time ago, it wasn't easy at all. Before 1750, the idea of skating didn't exist. That changed because of a man named Joseph Merlin. Merlin's work was making musical instruments. In his spare time be liked to play the violin. Joseph Merlin was a man of ideas and dreams. People called him a dreamer.‎ ‎ One day Merlin received an invitation to attend a fancy dress ball (化装舞会) . He was very pleased and a little excited. As the day of the party came near, Merlin began to think how to make a grand entrance at the party. He had an idea. He thought he would get a lot of attention if he could skate into the room.‎ ‎ Merlin tried different ways to make himself roll. Finally, he decided to put two wheels under each shoe. These were the first roller skates. Merlin was very proud of his invention and dreamed of arriving at the party on wheels while playing the violin.‎ ‎ On the night of the party Merlin rolled into the room playing his violin. Everyone was astonished to see him. There was just one problem. Merlin had no way to stop his roller skates. He rolled on and on. Suddenly, he ran into a huge mirror that was hanging on the wall. Down fell the mirror, breaking to piece. Nobody forgot Merlin's grand entrance for a long time.‎ ‎51. The text is mainly about _____________.‎ ‎ A. a strange man B. an unusual party ‎ C. how roller skating began ‎ D. how people enjoyed themselves in the 18th century ‎ ‎52. People thought Merlin was a dreamer because he ___________.‎ ‎ A. often gave others surprises ‎ B. was a gifted musician ‎ C. invented the roller skates ‎ D. was full of imagination ‎ ‎53. Merlin put wheels under his shoes in order to ______________.‎ ‎ A. impress the party guests ‎ B. arrive at the party sooner C. test his invention D. show his skill in walking on wheels ‎ ‎54. What is the main point the writer is trying to make in the last paragraph?‎ A. The roller skates needed further improvement.‎ B. The party guests took Merlin for a fool.‎ C. Merlin succeeded beyond expectation.‎ D. Merlin got himself into trouble. ‎ ‎(B)‎ ‎"As I stood in front of the grave (墓) of President Richard Nixon, I was thinking about the time 25 years ago when this president helped bring the United States and China closer together. Young people of our two countries should help this relationship grow."‎ This remark was made by a Shanghai student when speaking to his fellow students at the Nixon Library in California, U. S. A.. He was one of 80 middle school students from China attending a month-long "Youth Summit". The Summit was to mark the 25th anniversary(周年) of President Nixon's journey to China, which was the turning point in China-U. S. relations.‎ The Youth Summit was aimed at increasing understanding and friendship between young students of the two countries through visits and discussions. Seventy-five American students were selected to visit China. They also visited the Nixon Library on July 21 before leaving for Beijing the next day. The head of the Library said he was pleased to see the American and Chinese students talking and laughing together.‎ One Chinese student said," I didn't find it particularly difficult to talk with Americans. We have our differences, but we have a lot in common. Dialogue is good for us."‎ ‎55. The words "Youth Summit" refer to ___________.‎ A. visits to the Nixon Library B. the Chinese students' visit to the U.S.‎ C. a meeting discussing relations between China and the U.S.‎ D. activities to strengthen the ties between the Chinese and American students ‎ ‎56. The student from Shanghai thought about the time 25 years ago because it was when Nixon _____________.‎ A. died B. visited China C. became U. S. president D. started building the library in his name ‎57. The text is mainly about ______________.‎ A. the China-U.S. relations B. the Nixon Library C. President Nixon D. the Youth Summit ‎ ‎(C)‎ At 9:00 Dick Spivak's bank telephoned and said his payment was late. "The check is in the post," Dick replied quickly. At 11:45 Dick left for a 12:00 meeting across town. Arriving late, he explained that traffic (交通) had been bad. That evening, Dick's girlfriend wore a new dress. He hated it. "It looks just great on you," he said.‎ Three lies in one day! Yet Dick Spivak is just an ordinary man. Each time, he told himself that sometimes the truth causes too many problems. Most of us tell much the same white lies, harmless untruths that help to save trouble. How often do we tell white lies? It depends in part on our age, education, and even where we live. According to one U.S. study, women are more truthful than men, and honesty increases as we get older.‎ While most people use little white lies to make life easier, the majority of Americans care about honesty in both public and personal life. They say that people today are less honest than they were ten years ago. Although it is believed that things are getting worse, lying seems to be an age-old human problem. French philosopher (哲学家) Vauvenarges, writing in the eighteenth century, touched on the truth when he wrote, "All men are born truthful and die liars (说谎者) ."‎ ‎58. When the writer says "Dick Spivak is just an ordinary man", he means ___________.‎ A. it is common that people tell white lies B. Dick could do nothing about had traffic C. it is common that people delay their payment D. Dick found it hard to deal with everyday problems ‎ ‎59. According to the text, most Americans _________.‎ A. hate white lies B. believe white lies C. value honesty D. consider others dishonest ‎ ‎60. Vauvenarges' remark suggests that ____________.‎ A. lying is an age-old human problem B. dishonesty increases as people get older C. people were dishonest in the 18th century D. it is social conditions that make people tell lies ‎ ‎(D)‎ The report came to the British on May 21, 1941. German battleship Bismarck, the most powerful warship in the world, was moving out into the Atlantic Ocean. Her task: to destroy the ships carrying supplies from the United States to war-torn England.‎ The British had feared such a task. No warship they had could match the Bismarck in speed or in firepower. The Bismarck had eight 15-inch guns and 81 smaller guns. She could move at 30 nautical miles (海里) an hour. She was believed to be unsinkable.‎ However, the British had to sink her. They sent out a task force headed by their best battleship Hood to hunt down the Bismarck. On May 24, the Hood found the Bismarck.‎ It was a meeting that the German commander Luetjens did not want to see. His orders were to destroy the British ships that were carrying supplies, but to stay away from a fight with British warships.‎ The battle didn't last long. The Bismarck's first torpedo (鱼雷) hit the Hood, which went down taking all but three of her 1,419 men with her.‎ But in the fight, the Bismarck was slightly damaged (损坏). Her commander decided to run for repairs to France, which had at that time been taken by the Germans. The British force followed her. However, because of the Bismarck's speed and the heavy fog, they lost sight of her.‎ For two days, every British ship in the Atlantic tried to find the Bismarck, but with no success. Finally, she was sighted by a plane from Ireland. Trying to slow the Bismarck down so that their ships could catch up with her, the British fired at her from the air. The Bismarck was hit.‎ On the morning of May 27, the last battle was fought. Four British ships fired on the Bismarck, and she was finally sunk.‎ ‎61. The Bismarck sailed into the Atlantic Ocean ______________.‎ A. to sink the Hood B. to gain control of France C. to cut off American supplies to Britain D. to stop British warships reaching Germany ‎ ‎62. Many people believed that the Bismarck could not be defeated because she _________.‎ A. was fast and powerful B. had more men on board C. was under Luetjens' command D. had bigger guns than other ships ‎ ‎63. We learn from the text that on 24 May ___________.‎ A. the British won the battle against the Bismarck B. the Bismarck won the battle against the British C. the British gunfire damaged the Bismarck seriously D. the Bismarck succeeded in keeping away from the British ‎ ‎64. Luetjens tried to sail to France in order to __________.‎ A. have the ship repaired B. join the other Germans C. get help from the French D. get away from the British ‎ ‎65. Which of the following is the immediate cause of the sinking of the Bismarck?‎ A. The British air strikes.‎ B. The damage done by the Hood.‎ C. Gunfire from the British warships.‎ D. Luetjens' decision to run for France. ‎ ‎(E)‎ As prices and building costs keep rising, the "do-it-yourself" (DIY) trend (趋势) in the U. S. continues to grow.‎ ‎"We needed furniture (家具) for our living room," says John Ross, "and we just didn't have enough money to buy it. So we decided to try making a few tables and chairs." John got married six months ago, and like many young people these days, they are struggling to make a home at a time when the cost of living is very high. The Rosses took a 2-week course for $ 280 at a night school. Now they build all their furniture and make repairs around the house.‎ Jim Hatfield has three boys and his wife died. He has a full-time job at home as well as in a shoe making factory. Last month, he received a car repair bill for $ 420. "I was deeply upset about it. Now I've finished a car repair course, I should be able to fix the car by myself”.‎ John and Jim are not unusual people. Most families in the country are doing everything they can to save money so they can fight the high cost of living. If you want to become a "do-it-yourselfer", you can go to DIY classes. And for those who don't have time to take a course, there are books that tell you how you can do things yourself.‎ ‎66. We can learn from the text that many newly married people___________.‎ A. find it hard to pay for what they need B. have to learn to make their own furniture C. take DIY courses run by the government D. seldom go to a department store to buy things ‎ ‎67. John and his wife went to evening classes to learn how to ___________.‎ A. run a DIY shop B. make or repair things C. save time and money D. improve the quality of life ‎ ‎68. When the writer says that Jim has a full-time job at home, he means Jim _________.‎ A. makes shoes in his home B. does his extra work at right C. does his own car and home repairs D. keeps house and looks after his children ‎ ‎69. Jim Hatfield decided to become a do-it-yourselfer when ___________.‎ A. his car repairs cost too much B. the car repair class was not helpful C. he could not possibly do two jobs D. he had to raise the children all by himself ‎ ‎70. What would be the best title for the text?‎ A. The Joy of DIY B. You Can Do It Too!‎ C. Welcome to Our DIY Course!‎ D. Ross and Hatfield: Believers in DIY ‎◇1999年阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎(A)‎ Tom Brennan was working in a Philadelphia office building when he noticed a black bag. The bag contained a book.‎ This chance discovery ended a 12-day search by the Library Company of Philadelphia for a historical treasure--a 120-page diary kept 190 years ago by Deborah Logan, " a woman who knew everybody in her day," James Green, the librarian told the magazine American Libraries.‎ Most of the diary is a record of big events in Philadelphia. It also includes a description of British soldiers burning Washington, D. C. in the war of 1812. She describes President James Madison on horseback as "perfectly shaking with fear" during the troubled days. George Washington, she writes, mistook her for the wife of a French man, and praised her excellent English.‎ The adventure of the lost book began September 4 when Cory Luxmoore arrived from England to deliver the diary of his ancestor (祖先) to the Library Company, which he and his wife considered to be the best home for the diary.‎ Green told American Libraries he had the diary in his possession "about five minutes" when Luxmoore took it back because he had promised to show it to one other person. On returning to his hotel after showing the precious book to Green, Luxmoore was shocked to realize that he had left it in the taxi.‎ Without any delay, Green began calling every taxi company in the city, with no luck. "I've felt sick since then," Luxmoore told reporters.‎ According to Green, no one has yet learned how the diary came to the office building. Tom Brennan received a reward (奖励) of $ 1,000, Philadelphia gained another treasure for its history, and Luxmoore told reporters, "It's wonderful news. I'm on high."‎ ‎51. This article mainly tells about the story of ______________.‎ A. a lost diary B. Deborah Logan C. Gory Luxmoore D. the Library Company ‎52. From the text, we learn that the diary is now owned by ___________.‎ A. Tom Brennan B. an unknown person C. a Philadelphia magazine D. the Library Company of Philadelphia ‎ ‎53. Philadelphia is thought to be the best home for the diary because __________.‎ A. it was written in Philadelphia B. it tells stories about Philadelphia C. people in the city are interested in old things D. the British and the Americans once fought in Philadelphia ‎ ‎54. Which of the following shows the right order of what happened to the diary?‎ a-Tom Brennan found the book in an office building.‎ b-The book was shown to James Green.‎ c-Cory Luxmoore arrived from England.‎ d-The book was left behind in a taxi.‎ A. a, b, c, d B. c, b, d, a C. a, c, d, b D. c, a, b, d ‎ ‎55. What did Cory Luxmoore mean when he said "I'm on high"?‎ A. I'm rich. B. I'm famous C. I'm excited D. I'm lucky ‎ ‎(B)‎ Computer people talk a lot about the need for other people to become "computer-literate." But not all experts (专家) agree that this is a good idea.‎ One pioneer, in particular, who disagrees is David Tebbutt, the founder of Computertown UK. Although many people see this as a successful attempt to bring people closer to the computer, David does not see it that way. He says that Computertown UK was formed for just the opposite reason, to bring computers to people and make them "people-literate."‎ David Tebbutt thinks Computertowns are most successful when tied to a computer club but he insists there is an important difference between the two. The clubs are for people who have some computer knowledge already. This frightens away non-experts, who are happier going to Computertowns where there are computers for them to experiment on, with experts to encourage them and answer any questions they have. They are not told what to do, they find out. The computer experts have to learn not to tell people about computers, but have to be able to answer all questions people ask. People don't have to learn computer terms (术语) , but the experts have to explain in plain language. The computers are becoming" people-literate."‎ ‎56. Which of the following is David Tebbutt's idea on the relationship between people and computers?‎ A. Computer learning should be made easier.‎ B. There should be more computer clubs for experts.‎ C. People should work harder to master computer use.‎ D. Computers should be made cheaper so that people can afford them. ‎ ‎57. We can infer from the text that "computer-literate" means _____________.‎ A. being able to afford a computer B. being able to write computer programs C. working with the computer and finding out its value D. understanding the computer and knowing how to use it ‎ ‎58. The underlined word "it” in the second paragraph refers to the idea that Computertowns ______.‎ A. help to set up more computer clubs B. bring people to learn to use computers C. bring more experts to work together D. help to sell computers to the public ‎ ‎59. David Tebbutt started Computertown UK with the purpose of ___________.‎ A. making better use of computer experts B. improving computer programs C. increasing computer sales D. popularising computers ‎ ‎(C)‎ ‎ Want to save money when travelling by train? Here are some ways.‎ Day Returns ‎ This ticket can save you up to 45% on the standard fare (车费). You have to travel after the rush hour period Mon.-Fri., but can travel at any time on Sat. or Sun.‎ Big City Savers ‎ These are special low-priced tickets on certain trains. You have to book in advance-at the latest by 16:00 the day before you travel. It's first come, first served.‎ Weekend Return ‎ Weekend Returns are available (有售) for most journeys over 60 miles. Go on Fri., Sat. or Sun., and return the same weekend on sat. or Sun., and save up to 35% on the standard fare.‎ Monthly Returns ‎ These are available for most journeys over 65 miles. Go any day and return within a month. Monthly returns save you up to 25% on the standard fare.‎ Family Rail Card ‎ For £ 20 this rail card allows you to take a second adult (成人) and up to 4 children for only £ 3 each when you buy single or return tickets. You can travel as often as you like until the card becomes out of date.‎ ‎60. Which is the best ticket to buy if you live in London and want to go to a small town 80 miles away for four days?‎ A. Big City Savers B. Monthly Returns C. Weekend Returns D. Day Returns ‎ ‎61. A man bought himself a ticket of £ 15 and three tickets for his family with a family railcard. How much did he pay?‎ A. £ 44 B. £ 29 C. £ 24 D. £ 15 ‎ ‎(D)‎ ‎ Maybe ten-year-old Elizabeth put it best when she said to her father, "But, Dad, you can't be healthy if you 're dead."‎ ‎ Dad, in a hurry to get home before dark so he could go for a run, had forgotten to wear his safety belt----a mistake 75% of the US population make every day. The big question is why.‎ ‎ There have been many myths about safety belts ever since their first appearance in cars some forty years ago. The following are three of the most common.‎ ‎ Myth Number One: It's best to “be thrown clear" of a serious accident.‎ ‎ Truth: Sorry, but any accident serious enough to "throw you clear" is also going to be serious enough to give you a very bad landing. And chances are you'll have traveled through a windshield (挡风玻璃) or door to do it. Studies show that chances of dying after a car accident are twenty-five times greater in cases where people are "thrown clear."‎ ‎ Myth Number Two: Safety belts "trap" people in cars that are burning or sinking in water.‎ ‎ Truth: Sorry again, but studies show that people knocked unconscious (昏迷) due to not wearing safety belts have a greater chance of dying in these accidents. People wearing safety belts are usually protected to the point of having a clear head to free themselves from such dangerous situations, not to be trapped in them.‎ ‎ Myth Number Three: Safety belts aren't needed at speeds of less than 30 miles per hour (mph).‎ ‎ Truth: When two cars traveling at 30 mph hit each other, an unbelted driver would meet the windshield with a force equal to diving headfirst into the ground from a height of 10 meters.‎ ‎62. Why did Elizabeth say to her father, "But, Dad, you can't be healthy if you're dead"?‎ A. He was driving at great speed.‎ B. He was running across the street.‎ C. He didn't have his safety belt on.‎ D. He didn't take his medicine on time. ‎ ‎63. The reason Father was in a hurry to get home was that he ________.‎ A. wasn't feeling very well B. hated to drive in the dark C. wanted to take some exercise D. didn't want to be caught by the police ‎ ‎64. According to the text, to be "thrown clear" of a serious accident is very dangerous because you __________.‎ A. may be knocked down by other cars B. may get seriously hurt being thrown out of the car C. may find it impossible to get away from the seat D. may get caught in the car door ‎ ‎65. Some people prefer to drive without wearing a safety belt because they believe____________‎ A. the belt prevents them from escaping in an accident B. they will be unable to think clearly in an accident C. they will be caught when help comes D. cars catch fire easily ‎ ‎66. What is the advice given in the text?‎ A. Never drive faster than 30 miles an hour.‎ B. Try you best to save yourself in a car accident.‎ C. Never forget to wear the safety belt while driving.‎ D. Drive slowly while you're not wearing a safety belt. ‎ ‎(E)‎ ‎ When a group of children politely stop a conversation with you, saying: "We have to go to ‎ work now," you're left feeling surprised and certainly uneasy. After all, this is the 1990s and the idea of children working is just unthinkable. That is, until you are told that they are all pupils of stage schools, and that the "work" they go off to is to go on the stage in a theatre.‎ ‎ Stage schools often act as agencies (代理机构) to supply children for stage and television work. More worthy of the name "stage school" are those few places where children attend full time, with a training for the theatre and a general education.‎ ‎ A visit to such schools will leave you in no doubt that the children enjoy themselves. After all, what lively children wouldn't settle for spending only half the day doing ordinary school work, and acting, singing or dancing their way through the other half of the day?‎ ‎ Then of course there are times for the children to make a name and make a little money in some big shows. Some stage schools give their children too much professional work at such a young age. But the law is very tight on the amount they can do. Those under 13 are limited to 40 days in the year; those over 13 do 80 days.‎ ‎ The schools themselves admit that not all children will be successful in the profession for which they are being trained. So what happens to those who don't make it? While all the leading schools say they place great importance on children getting good study results, the facts seem to suggest this is not always the case.‎ ‎67. People would stop feeling uneasy when realizing that the children they're talking to ______________.‎ A. attend a stage school B. are going to the theatre C. have got some work to do D. love singing and dancing ‎ ‎68. In the writer's opinion, a good stage school should _________.‎ A. produce star performers B. help pupils improve their study skills C. train pupils in language and performing arts D. provide a general education and stage training ‎ ‎69. "Professional work" as used in the text means _______________.‎ A. ordinary school work B. money-making performances C. stage training at school D. acting, singing or dancing after class ‎ ‎70. Which of the following best describes how the writer feels about stage schools?‎ A. He thinks highly of what they have to offer.‎ B. He favours an early start in the training of performing arts.‎ C. He feels uncomfortable about children putting on night shows.‎ D. He doubts the standard of ordinary education they have reached. ‎ ‎◇2000年阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎(A)‎ New York, 10 November—5:27 p.m., yesterday, Biggest power fails in the city’s history. ‎ ‎ *Thousand of people got stuck in lifts. Martin Saltzman spent three hours between the 21st and 22nd floors of the Empire State Building. “There were twelve of us. But not one panicked. We passed the time telling stories and playing word games. One man wanted smoke but we didn’t let him. Firemen finally got us out.”‎ ‎*“It was the best night we’ve ever had,” said Angela Carraro, who runs an Italian restaurant on 42nd street. “We had lots of candles on the tables and the waiters were carrying candles on their trays. The place was full---and all night, in fact, far after we had closed, we let the people stay on and spend the night there.”‎ ‎*The zoos had their problems like everyone else. Keepers worked through the night. They used blankets to keep flying squirrels and small monkeys warm. While zoos had problems keeping warm, supermarkets had problems keeping cool. “All of our ice cream and frozen foods melted,” said the manager of a store in downtown Manhattan. “They were worth $50,000.” ‎ ‎*The big electric clock in the lobby of the Waldorf-Astoria Hotel in downtown Manhattan started ticking again at 5:25 this morning. It was almost on time. ‎ ‎51. Throughout the period of darkness, Martin Saltzman and the eleven others were .‎ A. Nervous B. Excited C. Calm D. Frightened ‎ ‎52. In what way was the night of November 9 the best night for Angela Carraro?‎ A. She had a taste of adventure. ‎ B. ‎ Burning candles brightened the place. ‎ C. Business was better than usual. ‎ D. Many people stayed the night in her restaurant. ‎ ‎53. How long did the power failure last?‎ A. Nearly 12 hours. B. More than 12 hours. ‎ C. Nearly 24 hours. D. More than 24 hours. ‎ ‎(B)‎ The easy way out isn’t always easiest. I learned that lesson when I decided to treat Doug, my husband of one month, to a special meal. I glanced through my cookbook and chose a menu which included homemade bread. Knowing the bread would take time, I started on it as soon as Doug left for work. As I was not experienced in cooking, I thought if a dozen was good, two dozen would be better, so I doubled everything. As Doug loved oranges, I also opened a can of orange and poured it all into the bowl. Soon there was a sticky dough covered with ugly yellowish marks. Realizing I had been defeated, I put the dough in the rubbish bin outside so I wouldn’t have to face Doug laughing at my work. I went on preparing the rest of the meal, and, when Doug got home, we sat down to Cornish chicken with rice. He tried to enjoy the meal but seemed disturbed. Twice he got up and went outside, saying he thought he heard a noise. The ‎ third time he left, I went to the window to see what he was doing. Looking out, I saw Doug standing about three feet from the rubbish bin, holding the lid up with a stick and looking into the container. When I came out of the house, he dropped the stick and explained that there was something alive in our rubbish bin. Picking up the stick again, he held the lid up enough for me to see. I felt cold. But I stepped closer and looked harder. Without doubt it was my work. The hot sun had caused the dough to double in size and the fermenting yeast make the surface shake and sigh as though it were breathing. It looked like some unknown being from outer space. I could see why Doug was so shaken. I had to admit what the ‘living thing’ was and why it was there. I don’t know who was more embarrassed by the whole thing---Doug or me. ‎ ‎54. The writer’s purpose in writing this story is . ‎ A. To tell an interesting experience. ‎ B. To show the easiest way out of a difficulty. ‎ C. To describe the trouble facing a newly married woman. ‎ D. To explain the difficulty of learning to cook form books. ‎ ‎55. Why did the woman’s attempt at making the bread turn out to be unsuccessful?‎ A. The canned orange had gone bad. ‎ B. She didn’t use the right kind of flour. ‎ C. The cookbook was hard to understand. ‎ D. She did not follow the directions closely. ‎ ‎56. Why did the woman put the dough in the rubbish bin?‎ A. She didn’t see the use of keeping it. ‎ B. She meant to joke with her husband. ‎ C. She didn’t want her husband to see it. ‎ D. She hoped it would soon dry in the sun. ‎ ‎57. What made the dough in the bin look frightening?‎ A. The rising and falling movement. ‎ B. The strange-looking marks. ‎ C. Its shape. ‎ D. Its size. ‎ ‎58. When Doug went out the third time, the woman looked out of the window because she was .‎ A. Surprised at his being interested in the bin. ‎ B. Afraid that he would discover her secret. ‎ C. Unhappy that he didn’t enjoy the meal. ‎ D. Curious to know what disturbed him. ‎ ‎(C)‎ Decision-thinking is not unlike poker—it often matters not only what you think, but also what others think you think and what you think they think you think. The mental process is similar. Naturally, this card game has often been of considerable interest to people who are, by any standards, good thinkers. ‎ The great mathematician John won Neumann was one of the founders of game theory. In particular, he showed that all games fall into two classes: there are what he called games of ‘perfect information’, games like chess where the players can’t hide anything or play tricks: they don’t win by chance, but by means of logic and skills. Then there are games of ‘imperfect information’, like poker, in which it is impossible to know in advance that one course of action is better than another. ‎ One mistaken idea about business is that it can be treated as a game of perfect information. Quite the reverse. Business, politics, life itself are games which we must normally play with very imperfect information. Business decisions are often made with many unknown and unknowable factors which would even puzzle best poker players. But few business people fin it comfortable to admit that they are taking a chance, and many still prefer to believe that they are playing chess, not poker. ‎ ‎59. The subject discussed in this text is .‎ A. The process of reaching decisions. ‎ B. The difference between poker and chess. ‎ C. The secret of making good business plans. ‎ D. The value of information in winning games. ‎ ‎60. An important factor in a game of imperfect information is .‎ A. Rules. B. Luck. C. Time. D. Ideas. ‎ ‎61. Which of the following can be used in place of “Quite the reverse”?‎ A. Quite right. B. True enough. ‎ C. Most unlikely. D. Just the opposite. ‎ ‎62. In the writer’s opinion, when making business decisions one should . ‎ A. Put perfect information before imperfect information. ‎ B. Accept the existence of unknown factors. ‎ C. Regard business as a game of chess. ‎ D. Mix known and unknown factors. ‎ ‎(D)‎ Olaf Stapledon wrote a book called First and Last Men, in which he looked millions of years ahead. He told of different men and of strange civilizations, broken up by long ‘dark ages’ in between. In his view, what is called the present time is no more than a moment in human history and we are just he First Men. In 2,000 million years now there will be the Eighteenth or Last Men. ‎ However, most of our ideas about the future are really very short-sighted. Perhaps we can see some possibilities for the next fifty years. But the next hundred? The next thousand? The next million? That’s much more difficult. ‎ When men and women lived by hunting 50,000 years ago, how could they even begin to picture modern life? Yet to men of 50,000 years form now, we may seem as primitive in our ideas as the Stone-Age hunters do to us. Perhaps they will spend their days gollocking to make new spundels, or struggling with their ballalators through the cribe. These words, which I have just made up, have to stand for things and ideas that we simply can’t think of. ‎ So why bother even to try imagining life far in the future? Here are two reasons. First, unless we remember how short our own lives are compared with the whole human history, we are likely to think our own interests are much more important than they really are. If we make the earth a poor place to live on because we are careless or greedy or quarrelsome, our grandchildren will not bother to think of excuses for us. ‎ Second, by trying to escape from present interests and imagine life far in the future, we may arrive at quite fresh ideas that we can use ourselves. For example, if we imagine that in the future men may give up farming, we can think of trying it now. So set your imagination free when you think about the future. ‎ ‎63. A particular mention made of Staple don’s book in the opening paragraph .‎ A. Serves as a description of human history. ‎ B. Serves as an introduction to the discussion. ‎ C. Show a disagreement of views. ‎ D. Shows the popularity of the book. ‎ ‎64. The text discusses men and women 50,000 years ago and 50,000 years from now in order to show that .‎ A. Human history is extremely long. ‎ B. Life has changed a great deal. ‎ C. It is useless to plan for the next 50 years. ‎ D. It is difficult to tell what will happen in the future. ‎ ‎65. Spundels and ballalators are used in the text to refer to .‎ A. Tools used in farming. ‎ B. Ideas about modern life. ‎ C. Unknown things in the future. ‎ D. Hunting skills in the Stone Age. ‎ ‎66. According to the writer of the text, imagining the future will .‎ A. Serve the interests of the present and future generations. ‎ B. Enable us to better understand human history. ‎ C. Help us to improve farming. ‎ D. Make life worth living. ‎ ‎(E)‎ Excused from recycling because you live in a high rise with a rubbish chute? You won’t be for long. Miami’s Mark Shantzis has made it simple for those living in tall buildings to use the chute and recycle too. ‎ In Shantzis’ Hi-Rise Recycling System, a chute leads to a pie-shaped container with six boxes that can turn around when operated. The system, which fits in the same space as the chute and container now in use, enables glass, plastic, paper, metal, and other rubbish to go into separate boxes. ‎ The system is controlled from a board fixed next to the chute door. The board has a button for each class of recycling materials (as well as for unrecyclables) . At the press of a button, a ‎ microcomputer locks all other floors’ chute doors and sets the recycling container turning until the right box comes under the chute. The computer also counts the loads and gives a signal by phone when the box is full. And a particular piece of equipment breaks up the nonrecyclables. ‎ Sorting recyclables before they are collected saves the use of expensive materials recovery equipment which otherwise has to do the sorting. Such equipment often makes recycled materials very expensive, so expensive that tons of recyclables remain wasted. Shantzis believes his system could help recycled materials become more cost-effective. ‎ ‎67. The purpose in writing this text is .‎ A. To encourage people to recycle their rubbish. ‎ B. To introduce a recycling system for high rises. ‎ C. To describe the use of computer technology in recycling. ‎ D. To explain the need for rubbish collection in high rises. ‎ ‎68. When he says “You won’t be for long” the writer means that .‎ A. You’ll soon be living in a cleaner building. ‎ B. Rubbish chutes will become out of date before long. ‎ C. You won’t wait long for your turn to recycle rubbish. ‎ D. It won’t be long before you’ll have to recycle your rubbish. ‎ ‎69. Before dropping rubbish into the chute you have to .‎ A. Lock the other floors’ chute doors. ‎ B. Check if the container is full. ‎ C. Press the correct button. ‎ D. Break up the rubbish. ‎ ‎70. The biggest advantage of this new system is that .‎ A. it reduces the cost of recycling. ‎ B. It saves time and space. ‎ C. It saves money for people living in high rises. ‎ D. It makes better use of the existing recovery equipment. ‎ ‎◇2001年阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Passage A Shanghai: Car rentals(出租) are becoming more and more popular as an inexpensive way of taking to the roads. Business people, foreigners and families alike are making good use of the growing industry.‎ The first car rental firm opened in Shanghai in 1992 and now 12 car rental players are in the game, with more than 11,500 cars in their books.‎ The largest Player----Shanghai Bashi Tourism Car Rental Center Offers a wide variety of choices-deluxe sedans, minivan, station wagons, coaches. Santana sedans are the big favorite.‎ Firms can attract enough customers for 70 percent of their cars every month. This figure shoots up during holiday seasons like National Day, Labor Day and New Year's Day, with some ‎ recording 100 percent rental.‎ The major market force rests in the growing Population of white-collar employees (白领雇员工),who can afford the new service, said Zhuang Yu, marketing manager of Shanghai Angel Car Rental Co.‎ ‎56. The words “deluxe sedans'," minivans" and station wagons" used in the text refer to ‎ A. cars in the making B. bar rental firms.‎ C. cars for rent D. car makers ‎57. Which of the following statements is true according to the text?‎ A. 70% of the cars can be rented out on holiday ‎ B. 70% of the customers are white-collar employees.‎ C. More firms are open for service during holiday seasons.‎ D. Some firms rent out all their cars during holiday seasons.‎ ‎58.Shanghai's car rental industry is growing so fast mainly due to --,‎ A. better cars supplied by producers B. fast service offered by car rental firms C. the increasing number of white-collar employees.‎ D. people's growing interest in travelling during holidays Passage B Holidaymakers who are bored with baking beaches and overheated hotel rooms head for a big igloo. Swedish businessman Nile Bergqvist is delighted with his new hotel, the world’s first igloo hotel. Built in a small town in Lapland, it has been attracting lots of visitors, but soon the fun will be over.‎ ‎ In two week’s time Bergqvist’s ice creation(作品) will be nothing more than a pool of water. “We just look forward to replacing it.”‎ ‎ Bergqvist built his igloo in 1991 for an art exhibition. It was so successful that he designed the present one, which measures roughly 200 square meters. Six workmen spent more than eight weeks piling 1,000 tons of snow onto a wooden base; when the snow froze, the base was removed. “The only wooden thing we have left in the igloo is the front door,” he says.‎ ‎ After their stay, all visitors receive a survival certificate recording their success. With no windows, nowhere to hang clothes and temperatures below 0℃, it may seem more like a survival test than a relaxing(轻松的) hotel break. “It's great fun,” Bergqvist explains, “as well as a good start in survival training.”‎ The popularity of the igloo is beyond doubt: it is now attracting tourists from all over the world. At least 800 people have stayed at the igloo this season even though there are only 10 rooms. “You can get a lot of people in,” explains Bergqvist. “The beds are three meters wide by two meters long, and can fit at least four at one time.”‎ ‎59.Bergqvist designed and built the world’s first igloo hotel because ______.‎ A. he believed people would enjoy trying something new B. he wanted to make a name for the small town C. an art exhibition was about to open D. more hotel rooms were needed ‎60.When the writer says “the fun will be over,” he refers to the fact that ______.‎ ‎ A. hotel guests will be frightened at the thought of the hard test ‎ B. Bergqvist’s hotel will soon become a pool of water ‎ C. holidaymakers will soon get tired of the big igloo ‎ D. a bigger igloo will replace the present one ‎61.According to the text, the first thing to do in building an igloo is ______.‎ ‎ A. to gather a pool of water B. to prepare a wooden base ‎ C. to cover the ground with ice D. to pile a large amount of snow ‎62.When guests leave the igloo hotel they will receive a paper stating that ______.‎ ‎ A. they have visited Lapland B. they have had an ice-snow holiday ‎ C. they have had great fun sleeping on ice D. they have had a taste of adventure ‎63．Which of the four pictures below is the closest to the igloo hotel as described in the text?‎ Passage C Many cities around the world today are heavily polluted. Careless methods of production and lack of consumer demand for environment(环境)friendly products have contributed to the pollution problem. One result is that millions of tons of glass, paper, plastic, and metal containers are produced, and these are difficult to get rid of.‎ However, today, more and more consumers are choosing “green” and demanding that the products they buy should be safe for the environment. Before they buy a product, they ask questions like these: “Will this shampoo damage the environment?” “Can this metal container be reused or can it only be used once?”‎ A recent study showed that two out of five adults now consider the environmental safety of a product before they buy it. This means that companies must now change the way they make and sell their products to make sure that they are "green," that is, friendly to the environment.‎ Only a few years ago, it was impossible to find green products in Supermarkets, but now there are hundreds. Some supermarket product cop labels (标签) to show that the product is green. Some companies have made the manufacturing (生产) of clean and safe products their main selling point and emphasize it in their advertising.‎ The concern for a safer and cleaner environment is making companies rethink how they do business. No longer will the public accept the old attitude of "Buy it, use it, for it, throw it away, and forget it.” The public pressure is on, and gradually business is cleaning up its act.‎ ‎64. It becomes clear from the text that the driving force (动力) behind green products is ‎ A. public caring for the environment B. companies' desire for bigger sales C. new ways of doing business D. rapid growth of supermarkets ‎65. What would be the best title for the text?'‎ A. Business and People B. Business Goes Green C. Shopping Habits Are Changing D. Supermarkets and Green Products ‎66. The underlined word "it" in the fourth paragraph refers to ‎ A. a selling point B. the company name C. a great demand for health foods D. the manufacturing of green products Passage D If you ask people to name the one person who had the greatest effect on the English language, you will get answers like “Shakespeare,” “Samuel Johnson,” and “Webster,” but none of these men had any effect at all compared to a man who didn’t even speak English-William the Conqueror.‎ Before 1066, in the land we now call Great Britain lived peoples belonging to two major language groups. In the west central region lived the Welsh, who spoke a Celtic language, and in the north lived the Scots, whose language, though not the same as Welsh, was also Celtic. In the rest of the country lived the Saxons, actually a mixture of Anglos, Saxons, and other Germanic and Nordic peoples, who spoke what we now call Anglo-Saxon (or Old English), a Germanic language. If this state of affairs had lasted, English today would be close to German.‎ But this state of affairs did not last. In l066 the Normans led by William defeated the Saxons and began their rule over England. For about a century, French became the official language of Eng-land while Old English became the language of peasants. As a result, English words of Politics and the law come from French rather than German. In some cases, modern English even shows a distinction (区别) between upper-class French and lower-class Anglo-Saxon in its words. We even have different words for some foods, meat in particular, depending on whether it is still out in the fields or at home ready to be cooked, which shows the fact that the Saxon peasants were doing the farming, while the upper-class Normans were doing most of the eating.‎ When Americans visit Europe for the first time, they usually find Germany more "foreign" than France because the German they see on signs and advertisements seems much more different from English than French does. Few realize that the English language is actually Germanic in its beginning and that the French influences are all the result of one man's ambition.‎ ‎67. The two major languages spoken in what is now called Great Britain before l066 were ‎ A. Welsh and Scottish B. Nordic and Germanic C. Celtic and Old English. D. Anglo-Saxon and Germanic ‎68. Which of the following groups of words are, by inference, rooted in French?‎ A. president, Lawyer, beef ‎ B. president, bread, water C. bread, field, sheep D. folk, field, cow ‎69.Why does France appear less foreign than Germany to Americans on their first visit to Europe?‎ A. Most advertisements in France appear in English.‎ B. They know little of the history of the English language.‎ C. Many French words are similar to English ones.‎ D. They know French better than German.‎ ‎70. What is the subject discussed in the text?‎ A. The history of Great Britain.‎ B. The similarity between English and French.‎ C. The rule of England by William the Conqueror.‎ D. The French influences on the English language.‎ Passage E Betty and Harold have been married for many years. But one thing still puzzles (困扰) old Harold. How is it that he can leave Betty and her friend Joan sitting on the sofa, talking, go out to a ballgame, come back three and a half hours later, and they' re still sitting on the sofa? Talking?‎ What in the world, Harold wonders, do they have to talk about?‎ Betty shrugs. Talk? We’re friends.‎ Researching this matter called friendship, psychologist Lillian Rubin spent two years, interviewing more than two hundred women and men. No matter what their age, their job, their sex, the results were completely clear: women have more friendships than men, and the difference in the content and the quality of those friendships is "marked and unmistakable.”‎ More than two-thirds of the single men Rubin interviewed could not name a best friend. Those who could were likely to name a woman. Yet three-quarters of the single women had no problem naming a best friend, and almost always it was a woman. More married men than women named their wife/husband as a best friend, most trusted person, or the one they would turn to in time of emotional distress (感情危机)." Most women," says Rubin," identified (认定 ) at least one, usually more, trusted friends to whom they could turn in a troubled moment, and they spoke openly about the importance of these relationships in their lives."‎ ‎“In general,” writes Rubin in her new book, “women’s friendships with each other rest on shared emotions and support, but men’s relationships are marked by shared activities.” For the most part, Rubin says, interactions (交往)between men are emotionally controlled- a good fit with the social requirements of “manly behavior.”‎ ‎"Even when a man is said to be a best friend," Rubin writes, "the two share little about their innermost feelings. Whereas a woman's closest female friend might be the first to tell her to leave a failing marriage, it wasn’t unusual to hear a man say he didn’t know his friend's marriage was in serious trouble until he appeared one night asking if he could sleep on the sofa."‎ ‎7l. What old Harold cannot understand or explain is the fact that ‎ A. he is treated as an outsider rather than a husband B. women have so much to share C. women show little interest in ballgames D. he finds his wife difficult to talk to ‎72. Rubin's study shows that for emotional support a married woman is more likely to turn to ‎ A. a male friend B. a female friend C. her parents D. her husband ‎73. According to the text, which type of behavior is NOT expected of a man by society?‎ A. Ending his marriage without good reason.‎ B. Spending too much time with his friends.‎ C. Complaining about his marriage trouble.‎ D. Going out to ballgames too often.‎ ‎74. Which Of the following statements is best supported by the last paragraph?‎ A. Men keep their innermost feelings to themselves.‎ B. Women are more serious than men about marriage.‎ C. Men often take sudden action to end their marriage.‎ D. Women depend on others in making decisions.‎ ‎75. The research done by psychologist Rubin centers around ‎ A. happy and successful marriages B. friendships of men and women C. emotional problems in marriage D. interactions between men and women 第七部分 高级阅读精选 Passage 1(风俗)‎ ‎ As many as one thousand years ago in Southwest, the Hopi and Zuni Indians of North America were building with adobe (土砖). Their homes looked like modern apartment houses. Some were four stories high and contained quarters for perhaps a thousand people, along with ‎ storerooms for grain and other goods. These buildings were usually put up against cliffs, both to make construction easier and for defense against enemies. They were really villages in themselves, as later Spanish explorers must have realized since they called them “pueblos,” which is Spanish for town.‎ ‎ The people of the pueblos made excellent pottery and wove marvelous baskets, some so fine that they could hold water. The Southwest has always been a dry country, where water is scarce. The Hopi and Zuni brought water from streams to their fields and gardens through irrigation(灌溉) ditches(沟). Water was so important that it played a major role in their religion. They developed religious rituals to bring rain. ‎ ‎ The way of life of less-settled groups was simpler and more strongly influenced by nature. Small tribes such as the Shoshone and Ute wandered the dry and mountainous lands between the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Ocean. They gathered seeds and hunted small animals. In the Far North people hunted seals(海豹), walruses(海象), and the great whales(鲸). They lived right on the frozen seas in shelters called igloos built of blocks of packed snow. When summer came, they fished for salmon and hunted the lordly(贵族般的)caribou(驯鹿).‎ ‎1. What does the passage mainly discuss? ‎ ‎ (A) The architecture of early American Indian buildings ‎ ‎ (B) The movement of American Indians across North America ‎ (C) Ceremonies and rituals of American Indians. ‎ ‎ (D) The way of life of American Indian tribes in early North American ‎ ‎2. According to the passage, the Hopi and Zuni typically built their homes ‎ ‎ (A) in valleys ‎ ‎ (B) next to streams ‎ ‎ (C) on open plains ‎ ‎ (D) against cliffs ‎3. The word “They” in line 5 refers to ‎ ‎ (A) goods ‎ ‎ (B) buildings ‎ ‎ (C) cliffs ‎ ‎ (D) enemies ‎ ‎4. It can be inferred from the passage that the dwellings of the Hopi and Zuni were ‎ ‎ (A) very small ‎ ‎ (B) highly advanced ‎ ‎ (C) difficult to defend ‎ ‎ (D) quickly constructed ‎5. The word “scarce” in line 8 is closest in meaning to ‎ ‎ (A) limited ‎ ‎ (B) hidden ‎ ‎ (C) pure ‎ ‎ (D) necessary ‎6. Which of the following is true of the Shoshone and Ute? ‎ ‎ (A) They were not as settled as the Hopi and Zuni. ‎ ‎ (B) They hunted caribou.‎ ‎ (C) They built their homes with adobe. ‎ ‎ (D) They did not have many religious ceremonies.‎ Passage 2 (科普)‎ What makes it rain? Rain falls from clouds for the same reason anything falls to Earth. The Earth’s gravity(重力) pulls it. But every cloud is made of water droplets(小滴) or ice crystals. Why doesn’t rain or snow fall constantly from all clouds? The droplets or ice crystals in clouds are exceedingly(非常地) small. The effect of gravity on them is minute. Air currents move and lift droplets so that the net downward displacement is zero, even though the droplets are in constant motion.‎ Droplets and ice crystals behave somewhat like dust in the air made visible in a shaft(一束光，与of连用) of sunlight. To the casual observer, dust seems to act in a totally random fashion, moving about chaotically without fixed direction. But in fact dust particles are much larger than water droplets and they finally fall. The average size of a cloud droplet is only 0.0004 inch in diameter. It is so small that it would take sixteen hours to fall half a mile in perfectly still(静止的) air, and it does not fall out of moving air at all. Only when the droplet grows to a diameter of 0.008 inch or larger can it fall from the cloud. The average raindrop contains a million times as much water as a tiny cloud droplet. The growth of a cloud droplet to a size large enough to fall out is the cause of rain and other forms of precipitation. This important growth process is called “coalescence.”‎ ‎1. What is the main topic of the passage?‎ ‎ (A) The mechanics of rain ‎ ‎ (B) The weather patterns of North America ‎ ‎ (C) How Earth’s gravity affects agriculture ‎ ‎ (D) Types of clouds ‎2. The word “minute” in line 4 is closest in meaning to which of the following?‎ ‎ (A) second ‎ ‎ (B) tiny ‎ ‎ (C) slow ‎ ‎ (D) steady ‎ ‎3. Ice crystals do NOT immediately fall to Earth because ‎ ‎ (A) they are kept aloft by air currents ‎ ‎ (B) they combine with other chemicals in the ‎ ‎ atmosphere ‎ ‎ (C) most of them evaporate ‎ ‎ (D) their electrical charges draw them away from ‎ ‎ the earth ‎4. What can be inferred about drops of water larger than 0.008 inch in diameter?‎ ‎ (A) They never occur. ‎ ‎ (B) They are not affected by the force of gravity.‎ ‎ (C) In still air they would fall to earth. ‎ ‎ (D) In moving air they fall at a speed of thirty-two miles per hour.‎ ‎5. In this passage, what does the term “coalescence” refer to? ‎ ‎ (A) The gathering of small clouds to form larger clouds ‎ ‎ (B) The growth of droplets ‎ (C) The effect of gravity on precipitation ‎ ‎ (D) The movement of dust particles in the sunlight Passage 3 (社会现象)‎ Botany, the study of plants, occupies a special position in the history of human knowledge. Today it is hard to know what our Stone Age ancestors(祖先) knew about plants, but from what we can observe of preindustrial societies, a detailed learning of plants must be extremely ancient. This is possible. Plants are the basis of the food pyramid for all living things, even for other plants. They have always been very important to the goodness of people, not only for food, but also for clothing, weapons, tools, dyes, medicines, shelter, and a great many other purposes. Tribes living today in the jungles(丛林) of the Amazon recognize hundreds of plants. To them botany has no name and is probably not even recognized as a special branch of “knowledge” at all. ‎ Unfortunately, the more industrialized we become the farther away we move from direct contact with plants, and the less distinct(明显的) our knowledge of botany grows. When our Neolithic ancestors, living in the Middle East about 10,000 years ago, discovered that certain grasses could be harvested and their seeds planted for richer yields the next season, the first great step in a new association of plants and humans was taken. From then on, humans would increasingly take their living from the controlled production of a few plants, rather than getting a little here and a little there from many varieties that grew wild—and the accumulated(积累起来的) knowledge of tens of thousands of years of experience and intimacy(亲密) with plants in the wild would begin to fade away.‎ ‎1. According to the passage, why has general knowledge of botany declined? ‎ ‎ (A) People no longer value plants as a useful resource. ‎ ‎ (B) Botany is not recognized as a special branch of science. ‎ ‎ (C) Research is unable to keep up with the increasing number of plants. ‎ ‎ (D) Direct contact with a variety, of plants has decreased.‎ ‎2. According to the passage, what was the first great step toward the practice of agriculture?‎ ‎ (A) The invention of agricultural implements and machinery ‎ ‎ (B) The development of a system of names for plants ‎ ‎ (C) The discovery of grasses that could be harvested and replanted ‎ ‎ (D) The changing diets of early humans Passage 4 (事件)‎ Alice Walker makes her living by writing, and her poems, short stories, and novels, have won many awards and fellowships for her. She was born in Eatonton, Georgia. She went to public schools there, and then to Spellman College in Atlanta before coming to New York to attend Sarah Lawrence College, from which she graduated in 1966. For a time she lived in Jackson, Mississippi, with her lawyer husband and small daughter. About Langston Hughes, American Poet, her first book for children, she says. “After my first meeting with Langston Hughes I vowed I would write a book about him for children someday. Why? Because I, at twenty-two, knew next to nothing of his work, and he didn’t scold me; he just gave me a stack of his books. And he was kind to me; I will always be grateful that in his absolute warmth and generosity he fulfilled my deepest dream (and need) of what a poet should be. ” ‎ ‎“To me he is not dead at all. Hardly a day goes by that I don’t think of him or speak of him. Once, just before he died, when he was sick with the flu, I took him a sack full of oranges. The joy I felt in giving that simple gift is undiminished by time. He said he liked oranges, too.” ‎ ‎1. What is the main topic of the passage? ‎ ‎ (A) Alice Walker’s reflection on Langston Hughes ‎ ‎ (B) The influence of Alice Walker on the writing of Langston Hughes ‎ ‎ (C) Langston Hughes’ book about Alice Walker ‎ ‎ (D) A comparison of the childhoods of Alice Walker and Langston Hughes ‎2. Before attending college, Alice Walker went to school in ‎ ‎ (A) Atlanta, Georgia ‎ ‎ (B) Eatonton, Georgia ‎ ‎ (C) Jackson, Mississippi ‎ ‎ (D) Lawrence, Massachusetts ‎3. It can be inferred from the passage that Alice Walker was twenty-two years old when ‎ ‎ (A) she moved to Jackson Mississippi ‎ ‎ (B) she moved to New York ‎ ‎ (C) she first met Langston Hughes ‎ ‎ (D) Langston Hughes died ‎4. What does Alice Walker imply when she says Langston Hughes “is not dead at all” (line 12)‎ ‎ (A) Langston Hughes believed in eternal life. ‎ ‎ (B) She had not been informed of Langston Hughes’ death. ‎ ‎ (C) For her, Langston Hughes had never really existed. ‎ ‎ (D) Langston Hughes is still present in her thoughts.‎ Passage 5 (社会现象)‎ Throughout the colonial period there was a marked(显著的) shortage of women, which varied with the regions and was always greatest in the frontier areas. This shortage enhanced women’s status and position and allowed them to pursue different careers. The Puritans (清教徒)regarded idleness as a sin, and believed that life in an underdevelopment country made it necessary that each member of the community perform an economic function. Thus work for women, was not only approved, it was regarded as a civic duty. Puritan town councils(议会) expected widows(寡妇) and independent women to be self-supporting. There was no social prohibition against married women working; on the contrary, wives were expected to help their husbands in their trade and won social approval for doing extra work in or out of the home.‎ The vast majority of women worked within their homes, where their labor produced most articles(物品) needed for the family. The entire colonial production of cloth and clothing and partially that of shoes was in the hands of women. In addition to these occupations, women were found in many different kinds of employment. They were butchers, silversmiths, gunsmiths, and upholsterers. They ran mills, plantations, shipyards, and every kind of shop, tavern, and boardinghouse. They were gatekeepers, jail keepers, sextons, journalists, printers, apothecaries, midwives, nurses, and teachers. ‎ ‎1. What does the passage mainly discuss? ‎ ‎ (A) Colonial marriages ‎ ‎ (B) The Puritan religion ‎ ‎ (C) Colonial women’s employment ‎ ‎ (D) Education in the colonies ‎2. According to the passage, where in colonial North ‎ ‎ America were there the fewest women? ‎ ‎ (A) Puritan communities ‎ ‎ (B) Seaports ‎ ‎ (C) Frontier settlements ‎ ‎ (D) Capital cities ‎3. It can be inferred from the passage that the Puritans were ‎ ‎ (A) uneducated ‎ ‎ (B) hardworking ‎ ‎ (C) generous ‎ ‎ (D) wealthy ‎4. According to the passage, Puritans believed that an unmarried adult woman should be ‎ ‎ (A) financially responsible for herself ‎ ‎ (B) returned to England ‎ ‎ (C) supported by her family ‎ ‎ (D) trained to be a nurse ‎5. According to the passage, what did the Puritans expect from married women? ‎ ‎ (A) They should adopt needy children. ‎ ‎ (B) They should assist in their husbands’ trade or business.‎ ‎ (C) They should work only within their own homes. ‎ ‎ (D) They should be apprenticed.‎ Passage 6 (人物)‎ Barbara Kasten is an artist who makes photographs of constructions that she creates for the purpose of photographing them. In her studio(工作室)she arranges objects such as mirrors, solid forms, and flat surfaces into what could be called large still life arrangements, big enough to walk into. She lights the construction, then rearranges and rephotographs it until she arrives at a final image(影像). Besides her studio, she also photographs at various architectural sites.‎ Kasten starts a studio construction with a simple problem, such as using several circular and rectangular mirrors. She puts the first objects in place, sets up a camera, then goes back and forth arranging objects and seeing how they appear in the camera. Eventually she makes instant color prints to see what the image looks like. At first she works only with objects, concentrating on their composition; then she lights them and adds color by using colored filters(滤光器). ‎ Away from the studio, at architectural sites, the cost(成本) of the crew and the equipment rental(租用)means she has to know in advance what she wants to do. She visits each location several times to make sketches(草稿). Until she brings in the lights, however, she cannot predict exactly what they will do to the image, so there is some improvising on the spot.‎ ‎1. What does the passage many discuss? ‎ ‎ (A) The techniques of a photographer ‎ ‎ (B) The advantages of studio photography ‎ ‎ (C) Industrial construction sites ‎ ‎ (D) An architect who appreciates fine art ‎2. Why does Kasten visit the location of outdoor work before the day of the actual shooting? ‎ ‎ (A) To plan the photograph ‎ ‎ (B) To purchase film and equipment ‎ (C) To hire a crew ‎ ‎ (D) To test the lights ‎3. How is Kasten’s studio work different from her work at architectural sites? ‎ ‎ (A) She does not use lights outdoors. ‎ ‎ (B) Her work outdoors is more unpredictable. ‎ ‎ (C) She works alone outdoors. ‎ ‎ (D) She makes more money from her work outdoors.‎ Passage 7 (社会现象)‎ ‎ Basic to any understanding of Canada in the 20 years after the Second World War is the country’s impressive population growth. For every three Canadians in 1945, there were over five in 1966. In September 1966 Canada’s population passed the 20 million mark. Most of this surging growth came from natural increase. The depression(经济萧条) of the 1930’s and the war had held back marriages, and the catching-up process began after 1945. The baby boom continued through the decade of the 1950’s, producing a population increase of nearly fifteen percent in the five years from 1951 to 1956. This rate of increase had been exceeded only once before in Canada’s history, in the decade before 1911. Undoubtedly, the good economic conditions of the 1950’s supported a growth in the population, but the expansion also derived from(来自于) a trend toward earlier marriages and an increase in the average size of families. In 1957 the Canadian birth rate stood at 28 per thousand, one of the highest in the world.‎ ‎ After the peak year of 1957, the birth rate in Canada began to decline. It continued falling until in 1966 it stood at the lowest level in 25 years. Partly this decline reflected the low level of births during the depression and the war, but it was also caused by changes in Canadian society. Young people were staying at school longer, more women were working; young married couples were buying automobiles or houses before starting families; rising living standards were cutting down the size of families. ‎ ‎ Though the growth in Canada’s population had slowed down by 1966 (the increase the first half of the 1960’s was only nine percent), another large population wave was coming over the horizon视野). It would be composed of the children who were born during the period of the high birth rate prior to 1957.‎ ‎1. What does the passage mainly discuss? ‎ ‎ (A) Educational changes in Canadian society ‎ (B) Canada during the Second World War ‎ ‎ (C) Population trends in postwar Canada ‎ ‎ (D) Standards of living in Canada ‎2. According to the passage, when did Canada’s baby boom begin?‎ ‎ (A) In the decade after 1911 ‎ ‎ (B) After 1945 ‎ ‎ (C) During the depression of the 1930’s ‎ (D) In 1966‎ ‎3. The author mentions all of the following as causes of declines in population growth after 1957 EXCEPT ‎ ‎ (A) people being better educated ‎ ‎ (B) people getting married earlier ‎ ‎ (C) better standards of living ‎ ‎ (D) couples buying houses Passage 8 (历史事件)‎ ‎ The Lewis and Clark expedition, sponsored by President Jefferson, was the most important official examination of the high plains and the Northwest before the War of 1812. The President’s secretary, Captain Meriwether Lewis, had been instructed to “explore the Missouri River, and such principal streams may offer the most direct water communication across the continent, for the purposes of commerce.”‎ ‎ Captain William Clark, the younger brother of famed George Rogers Clark, was invited ‎ to share the command of the exploring party. Amid(在……中) rumors that there were prehistoric mammoths(史前怪物) wandering around the unknown region, the two captains set out. The date was May 14, 1804. Their point of departure was the mouth of the Wood River, just across the Mississippi from the entrance of the Missouri River. After toiling up the Missouri all summer, the group wintered near the Mandan villages in the center of what is now North Dakota. Resuming their journey in the spring of 1805, the men worked their way along the Missouri to its source and then crossed the mountains of western Montana and Idaho. Picking up a tributary(支流)of the Columbia River, they continued westward until they reached the Pacific Ocean, where they stayed until the following spring.‎ ‎ Lewis and Clark brought back much new information, including the knowledge that the continent was wider than originally supposed. More specifically, they learned a good deal about river drainages(排水) and mountain barriers. They ended speculation that an easy coast-to-coast route existed via the Missouri-Columbia River systems, and their reports of the climate, the animals and birds, the trees and plants, and the Indians of the West—though not immediately published—were made available to scientists.‎ ‎1. What is the topic of this passage? ‎ ‎ (A) The river systems of portions of North America ‎ ‎ (B) Certain geological features of the North American continent ‎ ‎ (C) An exploratory trip sponsored by the United States government ‎ ‎ (D) The discovery of natural resources in the United States ‎2. According to the passage, the primary purpose of finding a water route across the continent was to ‎ ‎ (A) gain easy access to the gold and other riches of the Northwest ‎ ‎ (B) become acquainted with the inhabitants of the West ‎ (C) investigate the possibility of improved farmland in the West ‎ ‎ (D) facilitate the movement of commerce across the continent ‎3. The author states that Lewis and Clark studied all of the following characteristics of the explored territories EXCEPT ‎ (A) mineral deposits ‎ ‎ (B) the weather ‎ ‎ (C) animal life ‎ ‎ (D) native vegetation ‎4. It can be inferred from the passage that prior to the Lewis and Clark expedition the size of the ‎ ‎ continent had been ‎ (A) of little interest ‎ ‎ (B) underestimated ‎ ‎ (C) known to native inhabitants of the West ‎ ‎ (D) unpublished but known to most scientists ‎ Passage 9 (事物起源)‎ ‎ Though we are to speaking of the films made before 1927 as “silent,” the film has never been, in the full sense of the word, silent. From the very beginning, music was regarded as an indispensable(不可缺少的) accompaniment(伴奏); when the Lumiere films were shown at the first public film exhibition in the United States in February 1896, they were accompanied by piano improvisations. At first, the music had no special relationship to the films; an accompaniment of any kind was sufficient. ‎ ‎ Within a very short time, however, the incongruity(不协调) of playing lively(活泼的) music to a solemn film became apparent, and film pianists began to take some care in matching their ‎ pieces to the mood of the film.‎ ‎ As movie theaters grew in number and importance, a violinist, and perhaps a cellist(大提琴演奏家), would be added to the pianist in certain cases, and in the larger movie theaters small orchestras(乐队) were formed. For a number of years the selection of music rested entirely in the hands of the conductor or leader of the orchestra. Since the conductor seldom saw the films until the night before they were to be shown (if, indeed, the conductor was lucky enough to see them then), the musical arrangement was normally improvised in the greatest hurry.‎ ‎ To help meet this difficulty, film-distributing companies started the practice of publishing suggestions for musical accompaniments. In 1909, for example, the Edison Company began issuing with their films such indications of mood as “pleasant,” “sad,” “lively.” The suggestions became more explicit(明确的), and so emerged(出现) the musical cue(提示) sheet containing indications of mood, the titles of suitable pieces of music, and precise directions to show where one piece led into the next.‎ ‎ Certain films had music especially composed for them. The most famous of these early special scores(乐章) was that composed and arranged for D. W. Griffith’s film Birth of a Nation, which was released (发行) in 1915.‎ ‎1. The passage mainly discusses music that was ‎ ‎ (A) performed before the showing of a film ‎ ‎ (B) played during silent films ‎ ‎ (C) specifically composed for certain movie theaters ‎ ‎ (D) recorded during film exhibitions ‎2. What can be inferred from the passage about the majority of films made after 1927? ‎ ‎ (A) They were truly “silent.”‎ ‎ (B) They were accompanied by symphonic orchestras. ‎ ‎ (C) They incorporated the sound of the actors’ voices. ‎ ‎ (D) They corresponded to specific musical compositions.‎ ‎3. It can be inferred that orchestra conductors who worked in movie theaters needed to ‎ ‎ (A) be able to play many instruments ‎ ‎ (B) have pleasant voices ‎ ‎ (C) be familiar with a wide variety of music ‎ ‎ (D) be able to compose original music ‎4. It may be inferred from the passage that the first musical cue sheets appeared around ‎ ‎ (A) 1896 ‎ ‎ (B) 1909‎ ‎ (C) 1915‎ ‎ (D) 1927‎ Passage 10 (新事物)‎ By the mid-nineteenth century, the term “icebox” had entered the American language, but ice was still only beginning to affect the diet(饮食) of ordinary citizens in the United States. The ice trade grew with the growth of cities. After the Civil War (1861-1865), as ice was used to refrigerate freight (货物)cars, it also came into household use. This had become possible because a new household convenience, the icebox, a precursor(先驱) of the modern refrigerator, had been invented.‎ Making an efficient icebox was not as easy as we might now suppose. In the early nineteenth century, the knowledge of the physics of heat, which was very important to a science ‎ of refrigeration, was rudimentary(未发展的). The commonsense notion(常识性的知识) that the best icebox was one that prevented the ice from melting was of course mistaken, for it was the melting of the ice that performed the cooling. Nevertheless, early efforts to economize(经济地使用) ice included wrapping(包)the ice in blankets, which kept the ice from doing its job. Not until near the end of the nineteenth century did inventors achieve the balance of insulation(隔绝) and circulation(对流，循环) needed for an efficient icebox.‎ ‎ But as early as 1803, an ingenious(有独创性的) Maryland farmer, Thomas Moore, had been on the right track. He owned a farm about twenty miles outside the city of Washington, for which the village of Georgetown was the market center. When he used an icebox of his own design to transport his butter(黄油) to market, he found that customers(顾客) would pass up the rapidly melting stuff in the tubs(盆)of his competitors to pay a premium(额外的费用) price for his butter, still fresh and hard in neat, one-pound bricks. One advantage of his icebox was that farmers would no longer have to travel to market at night in order to keep their produce cool.‎ ‎1. What does the passage mainly discuss?‎ ‎ (A) The influence of ice on the diet ‎ (B) The development of refrigeration ‎ (C) The transportation of goods to market ‎ (D) Sources of ice in the nineteenth century ‎2. The word “it” in line 4 refers to ‎ (A) fresh meat ‎ (B) the Civil War ‎ (C) ice ‎ (D) a refrigerator ‎3. According to the passage, which of the following was an obstacle to the development of the icebox?‎ ‎ (A) Competition among the owners of refrigerated freight cars ‎ (B) The lack of a network for the distribution of ice ‎ (C) The use of insufficient insulation ‎ (D) Inadequate understanding of physics ‎4. The author describes Thomas Moore as having been “on the right track” (line 18-19) to indicate that ‎ (A) the road to the market passed close to Moore’s farm ‎ (B) Moore was an honest merchant ‎ (C) Moore was a prosperous farmer ‎ (D) Moore’s design was fairly successful Passage 11(人物)‎ Joyce Carol Oates published her first collection of short stories, By The North Gate, in 1963, two years after she had received her master’s degree from the University of Wisconsin and ‎ become an instructor of English at the University of Detroit. Her productivity(生产) since then has been prodigious(巨大的). In the meantime, she has continued to teach, moving in 1967 from the University of Detroit to the University of Windsor, in Ontario, and, in 1978, to Princeton University. Reviewers have admired her enormous energy, but find a productivity of such magnitude(数量) difficult to assess.‎ ‎ In a period characterized by the abandonment(放弃) of so much of the realistic tradition, Joyce Carol Oates has always seemed old-fashioned. Hers is a world of violence, insanity(精神错乱), fractured(破碎的) love, and hopeless loneliness. Although some of it appears to come from her own direct observations, her dreams, and her fears, much more is clearly from the experiences of others. Her first novel, With Shuddering Fall (1964), dealt with car racing, though she had never seen a race. In Them (1969) she focused on Detroit from the Depression(经济萧条) through the riots(暴乱) of 1967, drawing much of her material from the deep impression made on her by the problems of one of her students. Whatever the source and however shocking the events or the motivations, however, her fictive(虚构的) world remains similar to that real one reflected in the daily newspapers, the television news and talk shows, and the popular magazines of our day.‎ ‎1. What is the main purpose of the passage?‎ ‎ (A) To review Oates’ By the North Gate ‎ (B) To compare some modern writers ‎ ‎ (C) To describe Oates’ childhood ‎ (D) To outline Oates’ career ‎2. Which of the following would Joyce Carol Oates be most likely to write?‎ ‎ (A) A story with an unhappy ending ‎ (B) A romance novel set in the nineteenth century ‎ (C) A science fiction novel ‎ (D) A dialogue for a talk show Passage 12 (事物起源)‎ In the early days of the United States, postal charges were paid by the recipient(接受者) and charges varied with the distance carried. In 1825, the United States Congress permitted local postmasters to give letters to mail carriers for home delivery, but these carriers received no government salary and their entire compensation(补偿) depended on what they were paid by the recipients of individual letters.‎ In 1847 the United States Post Office Department adopted the idea of a postage stamp, which of course simplified the payment for postal service but caused grumbling(怨言) by those who did not like to prepay. Besides, the stamp covered only delivery to the post office and did not include carrying it to a private address. In Philadelphia, for example, with a population of 150,000, people still had to go to the post office go get their mail. The confusion(混乱) and congestion(拥挤) of individual citizens looking for their letters was itself enough to discourage use of the mail. It is no wonder that private letter-carrying and express businesses developed. Although their activities were only semilegal, they thrived(繁荣). The government postal service ‎ lost volume to private competition(竞争)and was not able to handle efficiently even the business it had.‎ Finally, in 1863, Congress provided that the mail carriers who delivered the mail from the post offices to private addresses should receive a government salary and that there should be no extra charge for that delivery. But this delivery service was at first confined to cities, and free home delivery became a mark of urbanism(都市生活). As late as 1887, a town had to have 10,000 people to be eligible(有资格的) for free home delivery. In 1890, of the 75 million people in the United States, fewer than 20 million had mail delivered free to their doors. The rest, nearly three-quarters of the population, still received no mail unless they went to their post office.‎ ‎1. What does the passage mainly discuss?‎ ‎ (A) The increased use of private mail services ‎ (B) The development of a government ‎ ‎ (C) A comparison of urban and rural postal services ‎ (D) The history of postage stamps ‎2. Which of the following was seen as a disadvantage of the postage stamp?‎ ‎ (A) It had to be purchased by the sender in advance.‎ ‎ (B) It increased the cost of mail delivery ‎ (C) It was difficult to stick to letters.‎ ‎ (D) It was easy to counterfeit(伪造).‎ ‎3. In 1863 the United States government began providing which of the following to mail carriers?‎ ‎ (A) A salary ‎ (B) Housing ‎ (C) Transportation ‎ (D) Free postage stamps Passage 13 (事件)‎ At the end of the Civil War (1861-1865) a government train, which carried oxen(公牛) was caught in a snowstorm and had to be abandoned. The driver returned the next spring to see what had become of his cargo(货物). Instead of the skeletons he had expected to find, he saw his oxen, living, fat, and healthy. How had they survived(存活)?‎ The answer lay in a resource that unknowing Americans had trampled(践踏)underfoot. In the eastern parts of the United States, the preferred grass for forage(草料) was a cultivated plant. It grew well with enough rain. But in the dry grazing lands of the West, this plant was often killed by drought. To raise cattle(牲畜) out there seemed hopeless.‎ Who could imagine a fairy-tale grass that required no rain and somehow made it possible for cattle to feed themselves all winter? But the surprising western wild grasses did just that. They had wonderfully convenient features that made them superior(高级) to the cultivated eastern grasses. Known as buffalo grass, not only were they immune(免疫的) to drought; but they were actually preserved(保存) by the lack of summer and autumn rains. They were not juicy(多汁的) ‎ like the cultivated eastern grasses, but had short, hard stems(茎). And they did not need to be collected in a barn(谷仓), but dried right where they grew on the ground. When they dried in this way, they remained naturally sweet and nourishing through the winter. ‎ ‎1. What does the passage mainly discuss?‎ ‎ (A) Western migration after the Civil War ‎ (B) The climate of the western United States ‎ (C) The raising of cattle ‎ ‎ (D) A type of wild vegetation ‎2. The word “they” in line 4 refers to ‎ ‎ (A) plains ‎ (B) skeletons ‎ (C) oxen ‎ (D) Americans ‎3. Which of the following can be inferred about the cultivated grass mentioned in the second paragraph?‎ ‎ (A) Cattle raised in the western United States refused to eat it.‎ ‎ (B) It would probably not grow in the western United States.‎ ‎ (C) It had to be imported into the United States.‎ ‎ (D) It was difficult for cattle to digest(消化).‎ ‎4. Which of the following was NOT mentioned as a characteristic of western grasses?‎ ‎ (A) They have tough stems ‎ (B) They are not affected by dry weather ‎ (C) They can be grown indoors.‎ ‎ (D) They contain little water.‎ Passage 14 (事物)‎ Hotels were among the earliest things that bound the United States together. They were both creations and creators of communities, as well as symptoms(征兆) of the frenetic quest(狂热的追求) for community. Even in the first part of the nineteenth century, Americans were already forming the habit of gathering from all corners of the nation for both public and private, business and pleasure purposes. Hotels were especially American facilities making conventions(大会) possible. The first national convention of a major party was held in Baltimore, at a hotel that was then said to be the best in the country. ‎ In the longer run, too, American hotels made other national conventions not only possible but pleasant and convivial. The growing custom of regularly assembling(集合), not only for political conventions, but also for commercial, professional and learned ones, in turn supported the multiplying hotels. By mid-twentieth century, conventions accounted for over a third of the yearly room occupancy of all hotels in the nation. ‎ Nineteenth-century American hotelkeepers, who were no longer the genial(亲切的), deferential(恭顺的) “hosts” of the eighteenth-century European inn, became leading citizens. Holding a large stake(树桩，赌注) in the community, they exercised power to make it prosper. As owners or managers of the local “palace of the public,” they were makers and shapers of a ‎ principal community attraction. Travelers from abroad were mildly shocked by this high social position.‎ ‎1. Which of the following statements about early American hotels is NOT mentioned in the passage? ‎ ‎ (A) Travelers from abroad did not enjoy staying in them. ‎ ‎ (B) Conventions were held in them. ‎ ‎ (C) People used them for both business and pleasure. ‎ ‎ (D) They were important to the community ‎2. It can be inferred from the passage that early hotelkeepers in the United States were ‎ ‎ (A) active politicians ‎ ‎ (B) European immigrants ‎ ‎ (C) professional builders ‎ ‎ (D) influential citizens ‎3. The word “ones” in line 10 refers to ‎ ‎ (A) hotels ‎ ‎ (B) conventions (C) kinds ‎ ‎ (D) representatives Passage 15 (事物)‎ Beads were probably the first durable(持久的) ornaments(装饰品) humans possessed, and the intimate relationship they had with their owners is reflected in the fact that beads are among the most common items found in ancient archaeological(考古学) sites. In the past, as today, men, women, and children adorned(装饰) themselves with beads. In some cultures still, certain beads are often worn from birth until death, and then are buried with their owners for the afterlife. Abrasion due to daily wear alters the surface feature of beads, and if they are buried for long, the effects of corrosion(腐蚀) can further change their appearance. Thus, interest is imparted(给予) to the bead both by use and the effects of time. ‎ Besides their wear ability, beads possess the desirable characteristics of every collectible: they are durable, portable, available in infinite variety, and often valuable in their original cultural context as well as in today’s market. Pleasing to look at and touch, beads own shapes, colors, and materials that almost compel(逼迫) one to handle them and to sort them. ‎ Beads are secrets waiting to be revealed: their history, manufacture, cultural context, economic role, and ornamental use are all points of information one hopes to unravel. Even the most common beads may have traveled great distances and been exposed to many human experiences. The bead researcher must gather information from many different fields. The researcher is faced with the problem of having little or no documentation. Many ancient beads have often been separated from their original(原来的) cultural context. ‎ ‎1.What is the main subject of the passage? ‎ ‎ (A) Materials used in making beads ‎ ‎ (B) How beads are made (C) The reasons for studying beads ‎ ‎ (D) Different types of beads ‎2. All of the following are given as characteristics of collectible objects EXCEPT ‎ (A) durability ‎ ‎ (B) portability (C) value ‎ ‎ (D) scarcity ‎3. The word “unravel” in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to ‎ ‎ (A) communicate ‎ ‎ (B) transport (C) improve ‎ ‎ (D) discover ‎4. It is difficult to trace the history of certain ancient beads because they ‎ ‎ (A) are small in size ‎ ‎ (B) have been buried underground ‎ ‎ (C) have been moved from their original locations ‎ ‎ (D) are frequently lost Passage 16 (人物)‎ If you look closely at some of the early copies of the Declaration of Independence, beyond the flourished signature of John Hancock and the other 55 men who signed it, you will also find the name of one woman, Mary Katherine Goddard. It was she, a Baltimore printer, who published the first official copies of the Declaration, the first copies that included the names of its signers.‎ Mary Goddard first got into printing at the age of twenty-four when her brother opened a printing shop in Providence, Rhode Island, in 1762. When he proceeded to get into trouble with his partners and creditors(债权人), it was Mary Goddard and her mother who were left to run the shop. In 1765 they began publishing the Providence Gazette, a weekly newspaper. Similar problems seemed to follow her brother as he opened businesses in Philadelphia and again in Baltimore. Each time Ms. Goddard was brought in to run the newspapers. After starting Baltimore’s first newspaper, The Maryland Journal, in 1773, her brother went broke(一文不名) when trying to organize a colonial postal service. While he was in debtor’s prison, Mary Katherine Goddard’s name appeared on the newspaper’s masthead(报头) for the first time. ‎ When the Continental Congress fled there from Philadelphia in 1776, it commissioned(委任) Ms. Goddard to print the first official version of the Declaration of Independence. After printing the documents, she herself paid the post riders to deliver the Declaration throughout the colonies.‎ During the American Revolution, Mary Goddard continued to publish Baltimore’s only newspaper, which one historian claimed was “second to none among the colonies.” She was also the city’s postmaster from 1775 to 1789—appointed by Benjamin Franklin—and is considered to be the first woman to hold a federal position.‎ ‎1. With which of the following subjects is the passage mainly concerned? ‎ ‎ (A) The accomplishments of a female publisher ‎ (B) The weaknesses of the newspaper industry ‎ (C) The rights of a female publisher ‎ (D) The publishing system in colonial America ‎2. Mary Goddard’s name appears on the Declaration of Independence because ‎ (A) she helped write the original document ‎ (B) she published the document ‎ ‎ (C) she paid to have the document printed ‎ ‎ (D) her brother was in prison ‎3. According to the passage, Mary Goddard first became involved in publishing when she ‎ ‎ (A) was appointed by Benjamin Franklin ‎ ‎ (B) signed the Declaration of Independence ‎ (C) took over her brother’s printing shop ‎ (D) moved to Baltimore ‎4. It can be inferred from the passage that Mary Goddard was ‎ ‎ (A) an accomplished businesswoman ‎ ‎ (B) extremely wealthy ‎ ‎ (C) a member of the Continental Congress ‎ ‎ (D) a famous writer ‎ Passage 17 (社会问题)‎ A useful definition(定义) of an air pollutant is a compound(化合物) added to the atmosphere, which can adversely(逆地) affect humans, animals, vegetation, or materials. Air pollution requires a very flexible definition that permits continuous change. When the first air pollution laws were established in England in the fourteenth century, air pollutants were limited to compounds that could be seen or smelled. As technology has developed, the list of air pollutants has lengthened. In the future, even water vapor might be considered an air pollutant under certain conditions.‎ Many of the more important air pollutants, such as sulfur oxides, carbon monoxide, and nitrogen oxides, are found in nature. As the Earth developed, the concentrations (浓度)of these pollutants were altered by various chemical reactions(反应). These serve as an air purification(净化)scheme by allowing the compounds to move from the air to the water or soil. ‎ However, human production usually occurs in a localized area, such as a city. In this localized region, human output may be dominant(占支配的) and may overload(使超载) the natural purification scheme of the cycles. The result is an increased concentration of noxious chemicals in the air. The concentrations will be greater than the concentrations that the pollutants would have without human activities. ‎ ‎1. What does the passage mainly discuss? ‎ ‎ (A) The economic impact of air pollution ‎ ‎ (B) What constitutes an air pollutant ‎ ‎ (C) How much harm air pollutants can cause ‎ ‎ (D) The effects of compounds added to the atmosphere ‎2. It can be inferred from the first paragraph that ‎ ‎ (A) water vapor is an air pollutant in localized areas ‎ ‎ (B) most air pollutants today can be seen or smelled ‎ (C) the definition of air pollution will continue to change. ‎ ‎ (D) a substance becomes an air pollutant only in cities ‎3. Natural pollutants can play an important role in controlling air pollution for which of the following reasons? ‎ ‎ (A) They function as part of a purification process.‎ ‎ (B) They occur in greater quantities than other pollutants.‎ ‎ (C) They are less harmful to living beings than are other pollutants.‎ ‎ (D) They have existed since the Earth developed.‎ Passage 18(社会现象)‎ The development of jazz can be seen as part of the development of American popular ‎ music, especially dance music. In the twenties, jazz became the hottest new thing in dance music, much as ragtime had at the turn of the century, and as would rhythm and blues in the forties, rock in the fifties, and disco in the seventies.‎ But two characteristics distinguish jazz from other dance music. The first is improvisation, the changing of music according to the player’s inspiration(灵感). Like all artists, jazz musicians strive(奋斗) for an individual style, and the improvised solo(独奏曲) is a jazz musician’s main opportunity to display his or her individuality. In early jazz, musicians often improvised melodies(悦耳的曲调) collectively, thus creating a kind of polyphony(复调音乐). There was little soloing as such, although some New Orleans players, achieved local fame for their ability to improvise a solo. Later the idea of the chorus-long(chorus合唱队)solo took hold. Louis Armstrong’s instrumental brilliance, demonstrated through extended solos, was a major influence in this development.‎ Even in the early twenties, however, some jazz bands had featured(是……的特征) soloists. Unimprovised, completely structured jazz does exist, but the ability of the best jazz musicians to create music of great beauty during a performance has been a hallmark(特点) of the music and its major source of inspiration and change.‎ The second distinguishing characteristic of jazz is a rhythmic(节奏的) drive that was initially called “hot” and later “swing.” In playing hot, a musician consciously departs from strict meter to create a relaxed sense of phrasing that also emphasizes the underlying rhythms. Not all jazz is hot, however; many early bands played unadorned(朴实的) published arrangements of popular songs. Still, the tendency to play hot distinguished the jazz musician from other instrumentalists.‎ ‎1. The passage answers which of the following questions?‎ ‎ (A) Which early jazz musicians most influenced rhythm and blues music?‎ ‎ (B) What are the differences between jazz and other forms of music?‎ ‎ (C) Why is dancing closely related to popular music in the United States?‎ ‎ (D) What instruments comprised a typical jazz band of the 1920’s?‎ ‎2. The topic of the passage is developed primarily by means of ‎ (A) dividing the discussion into two major areas ‎ (B) presenting contrasting points of view ‎ (C) providing biographies of famous musicians ‎ (D) describing historical events in sequence Passage 19 (社会现象)‎ Throughout the nineteenth century and into the twentieth, citizens of the United States maintained a bias against big cities. Most lived on farms and in small towns and believed cities to be centers of corruption(腐败), crime, and poverty. Their distrust was caused, in part, by a national idea that rural living superior to urban living. This attitude continued even as the number of urban dwellers increased and cities became the center of the nation. Gradually, economic reality overcame this bias. Thousands abandoned the precarious(不稳定的) life on the farm for more secure and better paying jobs in the city. But when these people moved from the countryside, they carried their fears and suspicions(怀疑) with them. These new urbanites, who ‎ believed that cities were overwhelmed with great problems, eagerly embraced the progressive reforms that promised to bring order out of the chaos of the city. ‎ One of many reforms came in the area of public utilities(公用设施). Water and sewerage systems were usually operated by municipal governments, but the gas and electric networks were privately owned. Reformers feared that the privately owned utility companies would charge expensive rates for these essential services and deliver them only to people who could afford them. Some city and state governments responded by regulating the utility companies, but a number of cities began to supply these services themselves. Supporters of these reforms argued that public ownership and regulation would insure widespread access to these utilities and guarantee a fair price. ‎ While some reforms focused on government and public behavior, others looked at the cities as a whole. Civic leaders, convinced that physical environment influenced human behavior, argued that cities should develop plans to guide their future growth and development. City planning was nothing new, but the rapid industrialization and urban growth of the late nineteenth century took place without any consideration for order. Urban renewal(更新) in the twentieth century followed several courses. Some cities introduced plans to completely rebuild the city core. Most other cities were satisfied with zoning plans for regulating future growth. Certain parts of town were restricted to residential use, while others were set aside for industrial or commercial development.‎ ‎1. What does the passage mainly discuss? ‎ ‎ (A) A comparison of urban and rural life in the early twentieth century ‎ ‎ (B) The role of government in twentieth-century urban renewal ‎ (C) Efforts to improve urban life in the early twentieth century ‎ (D) Methods of controlling urban growth in the twentieth century.‎ ‎2. The first paragraph suggests that most people who lived in rural areas ‎ ‎ (A) were suspicious of their neighbors ‎ ‎ (B) were very proud of their lifestyle ‎ (C) believed city government had too much power ‎ ‎ (D) wanted to move to the cities ‎3. In the early twentieth century, many rural dwellers migrated to the city in order to ‎ ‎ (A) participate in the urban reform movement ‎ (B) seek financial security ‎ ‎ (C) comply with a government ordinance ‎ ‎ (D) avoid crime and corruption ‎ ‎4. What concern did reformers have about privately owned utility companies?‎ ‎ (A) They feared the services would not be made available to all city dwellers. ‎ ‎ (B) They believed private ownership would slow economic growth.‎ ‎ (C) They did not trust the companies to obey the government regulations. ‎ ‎ (D) They wanted to ensure that the services would be provided to rural areas.‎ 第八部分 高考完型填空练习题 Cloze One During a bullfight, a drunk suddenly _1__ into the middle of the ring. The 2 began to shout, but the drunk didn't 3 the danger. The bull was busy with the matador (斗牛士) 4 , but it suddenly caught 5 of the drunk who was 6 a red cap. The bull 7 all about the matador and rushed to the drunk. The crowd suddenly 8 quiet. The drunk, however, 9 quite sure of himself. When the bull got 10 him he stepped 11 to let it pass. The crowd burst into 12 and the drunk 13 . 14 this time. however, three men had come into the 15 and they quickly dragged the drunk 16 . 17 the bull seemed to fell sorry for him, for it 18 sympathetically(同情地) 19 the drunk was out of the way 20 once more drew its attention to the matador.‎ ‎1. A stepped B. climbed C. went D. wandered ‎ ‎2. A. crowd B. matador C. bull D. drunk ‎ ‎3. A. recognize B. think C. realize D. see ‎ ‎4. A. for a time B. in time C. at the time D. at times ‎ ‎5. A hold B. attention C. sight D. breath ‎ ‎6. A. wearing B. signing C. moving D. having ‎ ‎7. A forgot B. left C. lost D. missed ‎ ‎8. A. grew B. remained C. kept D. changed ‎ ‎9. A. saw B. made C. had D. seemed ‎ ‎10. A. close by B. close to C. far away D. far form ‎ ‎11. A. out B. up C. in D. aside ‎ ‎12. A. shots B. voice C. crying D. cheers ‎ ‎13. A. ran B. cried C. jumped D. bowed ‎ ‎14. A. At B. By C. For D. During ‎ ‎15. A fight B. sight C. ring D. power ‎ ‎16. A. safety B. outside C. distance D. go ‎ ‎17. A. Only B. Ever C. Even D. Just ‎ ‎18. A. seemed B. looked C. looked for D. looked on ‎ ‎19. A. though B. because C. when D. until ‎ ‎20. A. after B. before C. when D. until ‎ Cloze Two It was in the autumn that I saw the long-haired sitting at the end of the station. Her eyes 1 with a special good 2 and trust. She was 3 .‎ ‎"Hi," I said. She came over, 4 her tongue over my hand carefully, 5 herself to be scratched (抓) for a time, waved her tail in circle and lay down again. I remembered thinking there are times God puts a 6 in front of you. I took the dog.‎ She went totally 7 when she understood the news, 8 up to kiss my face. To get her home safely, I had to 9 her like a baby. She lay in my arms, eyes calmly 10 on mine as if to say, "Hey, this is a nice idea. Why didn't you think of it before?"‎ I named the dog Elizabeth. Height: about 30 inches. Weight: 35 pounds. Eyes: brown. Tongue: red. Tail: rich. She never barked (吠叫). In 14 years, I heard her voice 11 three times.‎ At night Liz and I stayed up 12 dawn. watching TV. She liked 13 better than to sit at my 14 .‎ After a while, my place became a dog's room. She kept herself 15 . She also ran away 16 . If you opened a door or window, she was out of it. It was a good thing I lived on the 17 floor.‎ Liz loved to run, that was it. I would take her to a 18 sports ground, and she would run at full speed. Then I'd 19 her in the back of the car, 20 she'd sleep. It was a dog's car, too.‎ ‎1. A. showed B. appeared C. flashed D. glowed ‎ ‎2. A. nature B. ability C. habit D. look ‎ ‎3. A. sad B. beautiful C. alone D. kind ‎ ‎4. A. touched B. passed C. handed D. spat ‎ ‎5. A. asked B. gave C. allowed D. seated ‎ ‎6. A. chance B. choice C. present D. dog ‎ ‎7. A. glad B. mad C. surprised D. strange ‎ ‎8. A. coming B. jumping C. going D. standing ‎ ‎9. A. hold B. take C. treat D. bring ‎ ‎10. A. looking B. checking C. resting D. examining ‎ ‎11. A. no more than B. at least C. maybe D. at worst ‎ ‎12. A. during B. till C. from D. into ‎ ‎13. A. no B. it C. nothing D. much ‎ ‎14. A. chair B. bed C. desk D. side ‎ ‎15. A. busy B. clean C. singing D. running ‎ ‎16. A. all the time B. at times C. at a time D. often ‎ ‎17. A. ground B. wooden C. smooth D. second ‎ ‎18. A. old B. near C. nearby D. nearer ‎ ‎19. A. put B. pile C. send D. keep ‎ ‎20. A. that B. which C. where D. what ‎ Cloze Three In this small town there was not a single man of importance who would dare to have a housekeeper younger than sixty, for fear of what people might say about them. I was 1 , however. When I needed a housekeeper I 2 a girl called Bridie Casey, a lovely little girl of seventeen from a village up the coast. But I 3 my choice carefully. I drove out there one day when she was at home, and I had a look at the cottage and a 4 with her mother and a cup of tea, and after that I did not need anyone to say that she was 5 . I knew if there was anything Bridie did not do 6 her mother would not 7 long to correct her. After that, there was only one 8 to rise.‎ ‎"Have you a 9 Bridie?” said I.‎ ‎"No, doctor, I have not," said she with a simple expression that did not 10 me a bit. As a doctor you soon get used to innocent(无邪的) 11 .‎ ‎"Well, you'd better 12 and get one." said I, " 13. I'm not going to take you."‎ ‎ 14 this she laughed.‎ ‎ 15 she started working at my house. She proved to be very 16 and efficient(高效率的). Of curse, she was so good-looking that people who came to my house used to pass a 17 about us. But that didn't matter. They did not dare to hire a pretty girl themselves for 18 of what people would say. But I knew as long as a girl had a man of 19 to look after she would give me 20 . ‎ ‎1. A. an inclusion B. a conclusion C. an exception D. a succession ‎ ‎2. A. chose B. married C. fired D. met ‎ ‎3. A. made B. offered C. regretted D. settled ‎ ‎4. A. deal B. talk C. quarrel D. journey ‎ ‎5. A. pretty B. clever C. fit D. busy ‎ ‎6. A. quickly B. normally C. secretly D. properly ‎ ‎7. A. expense B. pay C. cost D. take ‎ ‎8. A. report B. test C. question D. statement ‎ ‎9. A. girl-friend B. boy-friend C. wife D. husband ‎ ‎10. A. interest B. cheat C. encourage D. notice ‎ ‎11. A. feelings B. looks C. sounds D. voices ‎ ‎12. A. hurry up B. turn up C. take your time D. take it easy ‎ ‎13. A. or B. but C. and D. so ‎ ‎14. A At B. On C. To D. For ‎ ‎15. A. The day B. The next day C. In the day D. To this day ‎16. A. young B. strong C. able D. gentle ‎ ‎17. A. a letter B. an examination C. an information D. a remark ‎ ‎18. A. fear B. horror C. reason D. cause ‎ ‎19. A. herself B. her own C. himself D. the would ‎ ‎20. A. service B. everything C. no trouble D. no notice ‎ Cloze Four Bill was a very good pilot(飞行员). He had been in the air force for several years, and had been very successful. Now he was sent to a small field in the middle of a forest, 1 planes were able to attack(进攻) the enemy very easily, 2 it was near the front line, but 3 to find. The forest trees were very tall and very 4 on all sides, so planes had to go down very quickly and then stop their falling very 5 before they 6 the ground. Only the 7 pilots were able to land safely, and even some of those lost their planes and 8 because they hit the tress on the ground.‎ ‎ After Bill had arrived, he was not 9 until he was able to fly closer to the trees than any of 10 pilots, and soon all the pilots who used that field were trying to 11 each other at flying 12 over the forest. Every time one of their planes came back form the attack on the enemy, the other pilots used to run 13 and watch, to see how near the trees 14 pilot took it, if the succeeded in taking very near, they laughed and shouted.‎ ‎ Bill soon 15 exactly how near he was able to go safely, and then one day he flew so close to the 16 of the trees that some of the branches 17 the bottom of his plane. The other men in the plane seemed rather 18 , but Bill only laughed as he landed the plane without any 19 in the middle of the field, 20 the other pilots on the ground shouted happily, "How silly I am!" he said. "I forgot that the trees had grown since yesterday!"‎ ‎1. A. from which B. in which C. on which D. where ‎ ‎2. A. for B. when C. where D. so ‎ ‎3. A. difficult B. easy C. tough D. strong ‎ ‎4. A. old B. near C. close D. secret ‎ ‎5. A. slowly B. suddenly C. quickly D. carefully ‎ ‎6. A. fell B. struck C. landed D. hit ‎ ‎7. A. young B. best C. old D. able ‎ ‎8. A. were killed B. were wounded C. were shot D. were defeated ‎9. A. skilled B. fit C. trained D. satisfied ‎ ‎10. A. other B. the other C. all the D. other ‎ ‎11. A. help B. understand C. beat D. see ‎ ‎12. A. low B. high C. up D. fast ‎ ‎13. A. nearer B. in C. inside D. outside ‎ ‎14. A. its B. whose C. their D. a ‎ ‎15. A. found B. thought C. realized D. learnt ‎ ‎16. A. nearest B. branches C. tops D. leaves ‎ ‎17. A. touched B. scratched C. snatched D. knocked ‎ ‎18. A. surprised B. pleased C. helpless D. frightened ‎ ‎19. A. trouble B. danger C. stones D. trees ‎ ‎20. A. so B. when C. while D. as ‎ Cloze Five Smoking is considered dangerous to the health. All the shops are 1 to sell cigarettes to children. Our tobacco-seller, Mr. Johnson, therefore, 2 asks his customers, if they are very 3 , whom the cigarettes are bought 4 .‎ ‎ One day, a little girl whom he 5 before walked fearlessly 6 his shop and demanded a packet of cigarettes. She had the 7 amount of money in her hand and seemed very 8 of herself. Mr. Johnson was so 9 her confident (belief in herself) manner that he 10 to ask his usual question. 11 , he asked her what kind of cigarettes she wanted. The girl replied readily 12 handed him the money. While he was giving her the 13 , Mr. Johnson said laughingly that as she was so young she 14 hide the packet in her pocket 15 by a policeman. However, the little girl did not seem to find this very 16 . Without even smiling she 17 the packet and walked toward the door. Suddenly she stopped, turned 18 , and looked calmly at Mr. Johnson. There was a moment of 19 and the tobacco seller wondered what she was going to 20 . All at once, in a clear, firm voice, the girl declared, “My dad is a policeman.” And with that she walked quickly out of the shop.‎ ‎1. A. allowed B. encouraged C. forbidden D. permitted ‎ ‎2. A. always B. never C. seldom D. anxiously ‎ ‎3. A. old B. well C. sick D. young ‎ ‎4. A. to B. for C. with D. about ‎ ‎5. A. had never seen B. had always asked ‎ C. would not meet D. had often thought of ‎ ‎6. A. through B. into C. by D. in ‎ ‎7. A. large B. exact C. enough D. small ‎ ‎8. A. afraid B. fond C. careful D. sure ‎ ‎9. A. worried about B. anxious about C. angry at D. surprised by ‎ ‎10. A. remembered B. wanted C. forgot D. feared ‎ ‎11. A. Instead B. Therefore C. Otherwise D. However ‎ ‎12. A. all B. and C. but D. to ‎ ‎13. A. change B. warning C. cigarettes D. bill ‎ ‎14. A. should B. would rather C. needn’t D. had better to ‎ ‎15. A. so as to be seen B. so as not to be recognized C. so as to be not caught D. so as not to be seen ‎ ‎16. A. fun B. interested C. funny D. difficult ‎ ‎17. A. left B. took C. returned D. bought ‎ ‎18. A. away B. round C. over D. aside ‎ ‎19. A. quarrel B. shouting C. silence D. laughing ‎ ‎20. A. speak B. say C. ask D. buy ‎ Cloze Six For eighty-four days the old didn’t catch any fish. People said that he was 1 . But the old man still 2 the sea. He was still strong and a good 3 . On the eighty-fifth day the old man sailed 4 out to sea than any of 5 boats. He sailed to 6 the water was very deep. Then he felt his fishing line 7 gently by a big fish which was swimming 8 in the water.‎ The fish was so powerful 9 it pulled the boat after it. It took the small boat far 10 to sea. The old man could 11 see the land.‎ ‎“Fish” he thought 12 , “I’ll stay with you until I am dead.”‎ The old man pulled the line a little 13 , but he did not dare to pull it 14 . the fish might jump and 15 . Or it might dive into the sea and pull the boat down after it. But the fish was 16 and brave. It pulled the boat 17 .‎ When the fish 18 at last to the top of the water, the old man saw that it was two feet 19 than his boat. The old man 20 many great fish, but this one was the greatest fish he had ever seen. It was also the most beautiful.‎ ‎1. A. glad B. encouraged C. lucky D. unlucky ‎ ‎2. A. loved B. hated C. reached D. disliked ‎ ‎3. A. old man B. swimmer C. fisherman D. boatman ‎ ‎4. A. away B. farther C. far D. as usual ‎ ‎5. A. the other B. other C. all D. all the ‎ ‎6. A. the place B. the island C. where D. there ‎ ‎7. A. pulled B. to pull C. to be pulled D. being pulled ‎ ‎8. A. heavy B. highly C. deep D. hardly ‎ ‎9. A. then B. and C. as D. that ‎ ‎10. A. out B. outside C. in D. inside ‎ ‎11. A. not yet B. already C. no more D. no longer ‎ ‎12. A. aloud B. loudly C. to himself D. to them ‎ ‎13. A. long B. looser C. tighter D. close ‎ ‎14. A. slowly B. softly C. gently D. suddenly ‎ ‎15. A. escape B. swim C. run D. go ‎ ‎16. A. small B. weak C. strong D. dangerous ‎ ‎17. A. by and by B. on and on C. onto the land D. into the sky ‎ ‎18.A. rose B. was lifted C. raised D. reached ‎ ‎19. A. taller B. higher C. longer D. greater ‎ ‎20. A. had seen B. liked C. had bought D. had never seen ‎ Cloze Seven James sat outside the office waiting for the interview. He felt so 1 that he didn’t know what to do with 2 . The person who had gone in 3 him had been in there for nearly an hour. And she looked so confident (自信的) when she went in. 4 James. He felt 5 that she had already got the 6 . The problem was that he wanted this job 7 . It meant 8 to him. He had 9 it such a lot before the day of the interview. He had imagined himself 10 brilliantly at the interview and 11 the job immediately. But now here he was feeling __12__. He couldn’t 13 all those things he had 14 to say. At that moment, he almost decided to get up and 15 . But no---he had to do this. He had spent so much time considering it that he couldn’t 16 like that. His hands were hot and sticky and his mouth felt dry. At last the door of the office opened. The woman who had gone in an hour earlier came out looking very 17 with herself. She smiled sympathetically (同情地) at James. At that moment James 18 her. The managing ‎ director then appeared at the office door. “Would you like to come in now, Mr. Davis? I’m sorry to have kept you waiting.” James suddenly 19 that he had gone home after all. He got up. Legs 20 and forehead sweating and wondered whether he looked as terrified as he felt.‎ ‎1. A. healthy B. nervous C. careless D. confident ‎ ‎2. A. the managing director B. the woman ‎ C. himself D. the situation ‎ ‎3. A. by B. with C. before D. after ‎ ‎4. A. Not like B. so did C. do as D. Do like ‎ ‎5. A. doubtful B. sure C. angry D. astonishing ‎ ‎6 A. reward B. first C. prize D. job ‎ ‎7. A. hopelessly B. naturally C. easily D. so much ‎ ‎8. A. everything B. happiness C. difficulty D. nothing ‎ ‎9. A. dreamed of B. learned of C. thought about D. talked about ‎ ‎10. A. explaining B. performing C. answering D. writing ‎ ‎11.A. offered B. asked for C. being offered D. being asked for ‎ ‎12.A. crazy B. excited C. probable D. terrible ‎ ‎13.A. depend on B. afford C. believe in D. remember ‎ ‎14.A. kept B. been taught C. planned D. been supplied ‎ ‎15.A. leave B. go in C. prepare D. practise ‎ ‎16.A. take back B. put off C. give up D. put down ‎ ‎17.A. ugly B. pleased C. sad D. pretty ‎ ‎18.A. noticed B. loved C. missed D. hated ‎ ‎19.A. thought B. hoped C. wished D. regretted ‎ ‎20.A. shaking B. bending C. walking D. stopping ‎ Cloze Eight A well dressed man went into a jewelry shop one day. He 1 that he wished to buy a pearl (珍珠) for his wife's birthday. The 2 didn't matter, for he was rich.‎ After examining a number of beautiful and 3 pearls, he chose an unusual black one. It would cost 4 . He paid, took the black and left.‎ A few days later, the man 5 and said that his wife liked the pearl 6 much that she wanted another one just like this. It 7 be exactly the same size and quality 8 she wanted to have a 9 of earrings. The jeweler seemed 10 . Then the man suggested that the jeweler advertise in the newspaper to offer $ 25,000 11 such a pearl. So the jeweler did.‎ Many people came to him to sell their pearls but nobody 12 a pearl which was the right size and quality. Just when the jeweler had given up, a little old lady came into his 13 . She took out such a 14 pearl from her pocket.‎ ‎"I don't want to 15 my pearl," she said sadly, "It was given to me by my mother, who had received it from her 16 mother. But I really need the 17 ."‎ The jeweler was very 18 and quickly paid for the pearl. Then he telephoned the 19 to tell him the good news. 20 , the man could never be found again.‎ ‎1. A. knew B. answered C. explained D. announced ‎ ‎2. A. colour B. price C. design D. quality ‎ ‎3. A. expensive B. cheap C. real D. true ‎ ‎4. A. 5,000 dollars B. 5,000 francs C. 5,000 pounds D. 5,000 yuan ‎ ‎5. A. arrived B. went C. came D. returned ‎ ‎6. A. very B. such C. so D. too ‎ ‎7. A. could B. might C. would D. must ‎ ‎8. A. because B. as C. for D. though ‎ ‎9. A. lot B. pair C. number D. box ‎ ‎10. A. hopeless B. careless C. helpless D. useless ‎ ‎11. A. of B. for C. with D. to ‎ ‎12. A. bought B. sold C. had D. wanted ‎ ‎13. A. house B. room C. office D. shop ‎ ‎14. A. black B. white C. red D. yellow ‎ ‎15. A. buy B. sell C. miss D. lose ‎ ‎16. A. dear B. poor C. old D. own ‎ ‎17. A. money B. price C. colour D. quality ‎ ‎18. A. sad B. glad C. sorry D. surprised ‎ ‎19. A. friend B. old lady C. rich man D. buyer ‎ ‎20. A. But B. Therefore C. Otherwise D. However ‎ Cloze Nine ‎ Mr. Hall was a rich business man and lived in a big house beside a beautiful river.‎ Now, the river usually 1 over in winter and one year it did this very early, so that by Christmas time it was covered with really 2 ice. People could walk 3 it easily.‎ The sight of this ice gave Mr. Hall 4 . He decided to have a big Christmas party on the ice. He would have all the furniture in his living-room 5 out on to the ice, He would have pretty colored lights 6 all around. They would have a wonderful party. So he sent out 7 to all his friends. On Christmas Day they all began to 8 his house and then go down to the ice. They were all in good 9 and thought that it had been a wonderful idea of Mr. Hall to have a party on the ice.‎ The party 10 until late at night and as the 11 guests said their merry goodbyes, Mr. Hall congratulated himself on a very 12 party.‎ He had drunk rather 13 during the day, so he did not wake up very early 14 morning. In fact, it was 15 midday when he got up and looked out of the window at the scene of the party the day before. 16 he saw there made him 17 whether he was still 18 . He closed his eyes, opened them again but there was no mistake! The ice had 19 up during the night and had carried all his furniture out to 20 with it.‎ ‎1. A. flooded B. flowed C. floated D. froze ‎ ‎2. A. thin B. thick C. deep D. shallow ‎ ‎3. A. across B. cross C. through D. pass ‎ ‎4. A. a wish B. an idea C. a hope D. a plan ‎ ‎5. A. made B. bought C. sold D. carried ‎ ‎6. A. lay B. lain C. hung D. hanged ‎ ‎7. A. introductions B. invitations C. information D. letters ‎ ‎8. A. come to B. look for C. see D. leave ‎ ‎9. A. condition B. manners C. spirits D. appearance ‎ ‎10. A. happened B. was C. kept D. lasted ‎ ‎11. A. first B. last C. most D. important ‎ ‎12. A. big B. new C. interesting D. successful ‎ ‎13. A. many B. little C. a lot D. more ‎ ‎14. A. the other B. the next C. the first D. the second ‎ ‎15. A. most B. mostly C. near D. nearly ‎ ‎16. A. where B. what C. which D. that ‎ ‎17. A. realize B. know C. wonder D. consider ‎ ‎18. A. sleep B. sleepy C. asleep D. slept ‎ ‎19. A. broken B. frozen C. dried D. gone ‎ ‎20. A. his house B. the sea C. the river D. land ‎ Cloze Ten ‎ Personal computers are used by one person at a time. The largest personal computer, or PC’s, can fit on a 11 . Some of these 2 have more than one microprocessor (微处理器). 3 the primary processor, which is a general-purpose device, a PC may have one or more processors to 4 special kinds of work. Some machines, 5 , have maths processors, others have graphics (描绘) processors to help process photographs and other illustrations. Still others have 6 processors.‎ Office workers also use PC’s that are not 7 to a network. These machines are used for 8 tasks as word processing, performing financial calculations, and organizing and 9 bodies of information called databases (数据库). People use PC’s at 10 for some of the same kinds of tasks. They use word-processing programs for 11 communication, financial software for household budgets (预算). Individuals also use their home computers to play 12 and to communicate 13 the internet.‎ Small, portable PC’s are 14 with people who often work away from their desks. The 15 include laptop computers, which can be 16 on the lap; notebook computers, which are about the 17 of a loose-leaf notebook; and palmtop, or handheld computers, which can be operated while 18 in the hand. Laptop and notebook computers have the same 19 as desktop computers. Palmtop computers have less power but still 20 some advanced capabilities. For example, they can process household financial data.‎ ‎1. A. table B. bench C. desktop D. chair ‎ ‎2. A. computers B. machines C. devices D. PC’s ‎ ‎3. A. Including B. Except C. Besides D. With ‎ ‎4. A. handle B. deal C. work out D. type ‎ ‎5. A. for example B. by the way C. in the other hand D. What ‘s more ‎ ‎6. A. noise B. voice C. sound D. music ‎ ‎7. A. tied B. connected C. join D. link ‎ ‎8. A. these B. such C. different D. same ‎ ‎9. A. sorting B. dividing C. to arrange D. to separate ‎ ‎10. A. office B. company C. home D. factory ‎ ‎11. A. personal B. public C. official D. secret ‎ ‎12. A. games B. jokes C. soft wares D. matches ‎ ‎13. A. in B. across C. over D. above ‎ ‎14. A. satisfied B. helpful C. welcomed D. popular ‎ ‎15. A. portables B. typewriters C. computer D. lamp ‎ ‎16. A. put B. set C. fixed D. held ‎ ‎17. A. weight B. size C. length D. width ‎ ‎18. A. held B. holding C. took D. taking ‎ ‎19. A. processor B. power C. usage D. palm ‎ ‎20. A. provide B. supplied C. offer D. give ‎ Cloze Eleven We were standing at the top of a church tower. My father had brought me to this spot in a small Italian town not far from our home in Rome, I 1 why.‎ ‎“Look 2 , Elsa,” Father said. I 3 all my courage and looked down. I saw the square in the centre of the village. 4 I saw the crisscross twisting (纵横交错的十字形)，turning streets 5 the square. “See, my dear,” Father said 6 . “There is more than one way to the square. 7 is just like that. If you can’t get to the place where you want to go by one road, 8 another.”‎ Now I understood why I was there. 9 that day I had begged my mother to do 10 about the terrible lunches that were 11 at school. But she refused 12 she could not believe the lunches were as bad as I 13 .‎ When I turned to 14 for help, he would not interfere (干预). 15 , he brought me to this high tower to gives me a lesson ––– the 16 of an open, searching mind. By the time we reached home, I 17 a plan.‎ At school the next 18 , I secretly poured my lunch soup into a bottle and brought it home. Then I talked the cook 19 serving it to Mother at dinner. The plan worked perfectly. She swallowed (吞) one spoonful and said, “The cook 20 have gone mad!” Quickly I told her what I had done, and Mother stated firmly that she would take up the matter of lunches at school the next day.‎ ‎1. A. wondered B. knew C. thought D. understood ‎ ‎2. A. up B. about C. down D. here ‎ ‎3. A. gathered B. found C. gave D. lost ‎ ‎4. A. But B. Or C. Thus D. And ‎ ‎5. A. around B. leading to C. across D. leaving for ‎ ‎6. A. suddenly B. politely C. gently D. surprising ‎ ‎7. A. Life B. Lunch C. School D. Mother ‎ ‎8. A. want B. wish C. hope D. try ‎ ‎9. A. Later B. Earlier C. Late D. On ‎ ‎10. A. everything B. anything C. her best D. something ‎ ‎11. A. made B. served C. cooked D. organized ‎ ‎12. A. so that B. for C. because D. although ‎ ‎13. A. said B. saw C. heard D. cooked ‎ ‎14. A. Granny B. Father C. The teacher D. the cook ‎ ‎15. A. Instead B. Indeed C. Therefore D. Besides ‎ ‎16. A. treasure B. class C. value D. place ‎ ‎17. A. had had B. considered C. carried out D. selected ‎ ‎18. A. day B. morning C. afternoon D. time ‎ ‎19. A. to B. into C. for D. with ‎ ‎20. A. should B. could C. ought D. must ‎ Cloze Twelve ‎ Miss Wenter was watching TV when the program suddenly stopped. “Sorry to 1 the program. Now we are requested to 2 an important notice from the police station. At about nine this evening, a lady named Mrs. Hummey was 3 of and killed. Anybody who can 4 clue(线索)to the murder is requested to 5 to the police. Thank you.” The 6 news made the lonely girl 7 . She couldn't help 8 around, but she didn't notice that a man was already 9 behind the door to the veranda(凉台).‎ ‎ All of a 10 the man appeared before Miss Wenter. The girl really didn't know what to do. “Don't ask for 11 . Just put your jewelry on the table. Then think over whether I shall be 12 to stay up here for the night. ”said the robber. That made Miss Wenter even more 13 , but she tried to 14 herself.‎ ‎ Just then came the whistle of a police car. In a little while, someone rang the 15 . The robber said with a gun 16 the girl's back. “Go to the door and say that you've gone to bed. Never let him in.”‎ ‎ In a flash, the girl 17 an idea, “Oh, who are you?” she said, “I am police officer Bull, Miss Wenter, is there anything 18 here?” “No, there isn't. ”Immediately she added loudly, “ 19 , my elder brother sends his 20 greetings to you.” “Thank you. Good night, ”Bull ‎ replied in the same21 .‎ ‎ A few minutes later, the sound of the police car going 22 could be heard. "It's well 23 ," the robber said with a smile. Then he 24 to the girl. Almost at the same time the glass on the window was broken. The policemen hurried into the room from the veranda. They quickly put handcuffs (手铐)on the robber.‎ ‎"Miss Wenter, your greetings were so good that it made us take 25 right away," said Bull, "Because we've already know that your brother was killed in a robbery half a year ago."‎ ‎1. A. stop B. share C. interrupt D. control ‎ ‎2. A. give B. make C. set D. broadcast ‎ ‎3. A. robbed B. hurt C. wounded D. stolen ‎ ‎4. A. get B. tell C. have D. offer ‎ ‎5. A. answer B. report C. go D. support ‎ ‎6. A. strange B. surprising C. terrible D. sorrowful ‎ ‎7. A. cry B. fall C. delighted D. astonished ‎ ‎8. A. looking B. going C. hearing D. listening ‎ ‎9. A. hidden B. sitting C. standing D. staying ‎ ‎10. A. while B. time C. period D. sudden ‎ ‎11. A. anything B. trouble C. another D. police ‎ ‎12. A. glad B. safe C. sorry D. fit ‎13. A. careful B. anxious C. strange D. terrified ‎ ‎14. A. protect B. help C. calm D. defend ‎ ‎15. A. call B. phone C. window D. doorbell ‎ ‎16. A. at B. against C. behind D. beyond ‎ ‎17. A. made B. thought C. took D. had ‎ ‎18. A. new B. important C. unusual D. bad ‎ ‎19. A. Instead B. However C. Otherwise D. Besides ‎ ‎20. A. hearty B. deeply C. own D. real ‎ ‎21. A. sound B. manner C. speech D. voice ‎ ‎22. A. out B. on C. along D. away ‎ ‎23. A. enough B. now C. done D. said ‎ ‎24. A. explained B. thanked C. talked D. rushed ‎ ‎25. A. him B. action C. message D. something ‎ 第九部分 历届高考完型填空 ‎◇1996年完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36-55个题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ The measure of a man's real character is what he would do if he knew he would never be found out.‎ ‎ ——Thomas Macaulay ‎ Some thirty years ago, I was studying in a public school in New York. One day, Mrs. Nanette O' Neil gave an arithmetic (26) to our class. When the papers were (27) she discovered that twelve boys had made exactly the (28) mistakes throughout the test. ‎ ‎ There is nothing really new about (29) in exams. Perhaps that was why Mrs. O' Neil (30) even say a word about it. She only asked the twelve boys to (31) after class. I was one of the twelve.‎ ‎ Mrs. O' Neil asked (32) questions, and she didn't (33) us either. Instead, she wrote on the blackboard the (34) words by Thomas Macaulay. She then ordered us to (35) these words into our exercise-books one hundred times.‎ ‎ I don't (36) about the other eleven boys. Speaking for (37) I can say: it was the most important single (38) of my life. Thirty years after being (39) to Macaulay's words, they (40) seem to me the best yardstick (准绳), because they give us a (41) to measure ourselves rather than others.‎ ‎ (42) of us are asked to make (43) decisions about nations going to war or armies going to battle. But all of us are called (44) daily to make a great many personal decisions. (45) the wallet, found in the street, be put into a pocket (46) turned over to the policeman? Should the (47) change received at the store be forgotten or (48) ? Nobody will know except (49) . But you have to live with yourself, and it is always (50) to live with someone you respect.‎ ‎26. A. test B. problem C. paper D. lesson ‎27. A. examined B. completed C. marked D. answered ‎ ‎28. A. easy B. funny C. same D. serious ‎ ‎29. A. lying B. cheating C. guessing D. discussing ‎ ‎30. A. didn't B. did C. would D. wouldn't ‎ ‎31. A. come B. leave C. remain D. apologize ‎ ‎32. A. no B. certain C. many D. more ‎ ‎33. A. excuse B. reject C. help D. scold ‎ ‎34. A. above B. common C. following D. unusual ‎ ‎35. A. repeat B. get C. put D. copy ‎ ‎36. A. worry B. know C. hear D. talk ‎ ‎37. A. myself B. ourselves C. themselves D. herself ‎ ‎38. A. chance B. incident C. lesson D. memory ‎39. A. referred B. shown C. brought D. introduced ‎ ‎40. A. even B. still C. always D. almost ‎ ‎41. A. way B. sentence C. choice D. reason ‎ ‎42. A. All B. Few C. Some D. None ‎ ‎43. A. quick B. wise C. great D. personal ‎44. A. out B. for C. up D. upon ‎ ‎45. A. Should B. Must C. Would D. Need ‎ ‎46. A. and B. or C. then D. but ‎ ‎47. A. extra B. small C. some D. necessary ‎ ‎48. A. paid B. remembered C. shared D. returned ‎ ‎49. A. me B. you C. us D. them ‎ ‎50. A. easier B. more natural C. better D. more peaceful ‎ ‎◇1997年完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36-55个 题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ Todd was working at his gas station (加油站) at night when he heard over the radio that a (26) in Long Island had been (27) by an armed man who had killed the night guard and got away with $ 1, 500, 000. ' One hundred and fifty thousand,' Todd whistled. Here's a fellow who just (28) into a bank and helps himself (29) so much money. Todd thought of the (30) with which he managed to get the amount of money he (31) to start his gas station. So many papers to (32) , so much money to pay back.‎ ‎ The news (33) twenty minutes later. The gunman had (34) a car for a ride, and then (35) out the driver. He was possibly (36) the Southern State Parkway in a white Ford. License plate (车牌) number LJR1939. The (37) of the announcer continued: ' (38) out for white cars. Don't pick up (39) , and all you folks in gas stations better not do (40) to a white Ford car. '‎ ‎ Todd stood up and (41) to see out into the cold night. It was dark but Todd (42) the Southern State Parkway was out there. Just (43), Todd saw the headlights coming at him and a car pulled in for (44). There it was, a white Ford. He saw the (45) ,LJR1939.‎ ‎ ' What should I do?' Todd had to make a quick (46) .‎ ‎ ' Yes, sir?' Todd (47) while making up his mind for sure.‎ ‎ " (48) her up ,' the man said sounding like any other (49).‎ ‎ When the tank (油箱) was full. Todd quickly turned round and pointed a gun at the man.‎ ‎ ' Hand up (50) get out!'‎ ‎26. A. store B. bank C. station D. house ‎27. A. searched for B. help up C. taken over D. broken into ‎28. A. walks B. looks C. marches D. drives ‎ ‎29. A. for B. by C. to D. of ‎30. A. satisfaction B. difficulty C. disappointment D. spirit ‎ ‎31. A. saved B. made C. offered D. needed ‎32. A. collect B. prove C. sign D. write ‎33. A. continued B. lasted C. spread D. arrived ‎34. A. bought B. borrowed C. stolen D. stopped ‎ ‎35. A. sent B. found C. left D. pushed ‎36. A. calling from B. fleeing from C. heading for D. looking for ‎ ‎37. A. news B. warning C. advice D. voice ‎ ‎38. A. Look B. Run C. Call D. Set ‎39. A. guests B. strangers C. prisoners D. passengers ‎40. A. harm B. favor C. service D. business ‎41. A. tried B. decided C. hoped D. happened ‎ ‎42. A. considered B. knew C. recognised D. learnt ‎ ‎43. A. then B. there C. right D. now ‎44. A. directions B. repairs C. gas D. parking ‎45. A. mark B. number C. sign D. name ‎ ‎46. A. decision B. call C. movement D. remark ‎ ‎47. A. wondered B. stopped C. waited D. asked ‎ ‎48. A. Cover B. Fill C. Check D. Tie ‎ ‎49. A. visitor B. robber C. driver D. rider ‎ ‎50. A. or B. and C. but D. to ‎ ‎◇1998年完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36-55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ Ella Fant was a middle -aged lady who lived with her only son John in a small house. She (26) John very much. In her (27) he couldn't do anything (28) . Every morning she would give him breakfast (29) bed and bring him the papers to (30) . It isn't really true that be was too (31) to work——in fact he had fried a few (32) . First of all he was a window-cleaner and in his first week he managed to (33) at least six windows. Then he (34) a bus conductor and on his second (35) a passenger stole his bag with all the fares(车费) collected. He (36) lost his job as a postman (37) he sent off all the letters when he should have taken them to people's houses. It seemed that there was (38) suitable work for him. So he (39) to join the army. Mrs. Fant was so (40) about this that she told the (41) to all her neighbours. ' My John is going to be a soldier, ' she said. 'He is going to be the best soldier there (42) was, I can tell you!'‎ ‎ Then the great day came (43) he was to march past the palace in the parade (接受检阅的队伍) . His (44) mother traveled to the city early in the morning to be sure of getting a good (45) in the crowd.‎ ‎ The parade was full of sound and colour. But when John and his (46) came in sight some of the people watching (47) laughing at the one who couldn't keep pace with the others as they marched along.‎ ‎ But Ella Fant, who was filled with (48), shouted at the top of her voice: ' Look at (49) ! They're all out of (50) except my John! Isn't he the best!'‎ ‎26. A. depended on B. waited on C. trusted D. loved ‎ ‎27. A. hope B. eyes C. head D. beliefs ‎ ‎28. A. wrong B. great C. good D. strange ‎ ‎29. A. to B. at C. in D. by ‎ ‎30. A. check B. read C. keep D. sign ‎ ‎31. A. lazy B. young C. weak D. shy ‎ ‎32. A. ones B. years C. tasks D. jobs ‎ ‎33. A. rub B. drop C. break D. clean ‎ ‎34. A. followed B. met C. became D. found ‎ ‎35. A. day B. try C. route D. chance ‎ ‎36. A. thus B. even C. once D. only ‎ ‎37. A. even if B. so that C. because D. though ‎ ‎38. A. some B. such C. less D. no ‎ ‎39. A. began B. promised C. managed D. decided ‎40. A. excited B. worried C. anxious D. curious ‎ ‎41. A. incident B. changed C. news D. matter ‎ ‎42. A. yet B. ever C. never D. just ‎ ‎43. A. where B. since C. when D. till ‎ ‎44. A. proud B. kind C. strict D. lucky ‎ ‎45. A. time B. position C. experience D. impression ‎46. A. neighbours B. army officer C. mother D. kept ‎47. A. couldn't help B. shouldn't burst out C. stopped D. fellow soldiers ‎ ‎48. A. sadness B. happiness C. surprise D. regret ‎ ‎49. A. them B. those C. that D. him ‎ ‎50. A. sight B. order C. mind D. step ‎ ‎◇1999年完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36-55个题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ People of Burlington are being disturbed by the sound of bells. Four students from Burlington College of Higher Education are in the bell tower of the (26) and have made up their minds to (27) the tells nonstop for two weeks as a protest (抗议) against heavy trucks which run (28) through the narrow High Street.‎ ‎ " They not only make it (29) to sleep at night, but they are (30) damage to our houses and shops of historical (31)," said John Norris, one of the protesters.‎ ‎ " (32) we must have these noisy trucks on the roads," said Jean Lacey, A biology student, "why don't they build a new road that goes (33) the town? Burlington isn't much more than a (34) village. Its streets were never (35) for heavy traffic."‎ ‎ Harry Fields also studying (36) said they wanted to make as much (37) as possible to force the (38) to realise what everybody was having to (39) . "Most of them don't (40) here anyway," he said, " they come in for meetings and that, the Town Hall is soundproof (隔音), (41) they probably don't (42) the noise all that much. It's high time they realized the (43)."‎ ‎ The fourth student, Liza Vernum, said she thought the public were (44) on their side, and even if they weren't they soon would be.‎ ‎ (45) asked if they were (46) that the police might come to (47) them.‎ ‎ "Not really," she said, " actually we are (48) bell-ringers. I mean we are assistant bell-ringers for the church. There is no (49) against practising."‎ ‎ I (50) the church with the sound of the bells ringing in my ears.‎ ‎26. A. college B. village C. town D. church ‎ ‎27. A. change B. repair C. ring D. shake ‎ ‎28. A. now and then B. day and night C. up and down D. over and over ‎ ‎29. A. terrible B. difficult C. uncomfortable D. unpleasant ‎ ‎30. A. doing B. raising C. putting D. producing ‎ ‎31. A. scene B. period C. interest D. sense ‎32. A. If B. Although C. When D. Unless ‎33. A. to B. through C. over D. round ‎ ‎34. A. pretty B. quiet C. large D. modern ‎ ‎35. A. tested B. meant C. kept D. used ‎ ‎36. A. well B. hard C. biology D. education ‎ ‎37. A. effort B. time C. trouble D. noise ‎ ‎38. A. townspeople B. other students C. government officials D. truck drivers ‎ ‎39. A. stand B. accept C. know D. share ‎ ‎40. A. shop B. live C. come D. study ‎ ‎41. A. but B. so C. or D. for ‎ ‎42. A. notice B. mention C. fear D. control ‎43. A. event B. loss C. action D. problem ‎ ‎44. A. hardly B. unwillingly C. mostly D. usually ‎ ‎45. A. I B. We C. She D. They ‎ ‎46. A. surprised B. afraid C. pleased D. determined ‎ ‎47. A. seize B. fight C. search D. stop ‎ ‎48. A. proper B. experienced C. hopeful D. serious ‎ ‎49. A. point B. cause C. need D. law ‎ ‎50. A. left B. found C. reached D. passed ‎ ‎◇2000年完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36-55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ I climbed the stairs slowly, carrying a big suitcase, my father following with two more. By the time I got to the third floor, I was 26 and at the same time feeling lonely. Worse still, Dad 27 a step and fell, sending my new suitcases 28 down the stairs. “Damn!” he screamed, his face turning red. I knew 29 was ahead. Whenever Dad’s face turns red, 30 !‎ How could I ever 31 him to finish unloading the car 32 screaming at me and making a scene in front of the other girls, girls I would have to spend the 33 of the year with? Doors were opening and faces peering out, as Dad walked 34 close behind. I felt it in my bones that my college life was getting off to a(n) 35 start. ‎ ‎“ 36 the room quickly,” I thought. “Get him into a chair and calmed down.” But 37 , would there be a chair in Room 316? Or would it be a(n) 38 room? ‎ ‎ 39 I turned the key in the lock and 40 the door open, with Dad 41 complaining about a hurting knee or something. I put my head in, expecting the 42 . But to my 43 , the room wasn’t empty at all! It had furniture, curtains, a TV, and even paintings on the walls. ‎ And there on a well-made bed sat Amy, my new 44 , dressed neatly. Greeting me with a nod, she said in a soft voice, “Hi, you must be Cori.” Then she 45 the music and looked over at 46 . “Would you like a glass of iced tea?” Dad’s face turned decidedly 48 before he could bring out a “yes”.‎ I knew 49 that Amy and I would be 50 and my first year of college would be a success. ‎ ‎26. A. Helpless B. Lazy C. Anxious D. Tired ‎27. A. Took B. Minded C. Missed D. Picked ‎28. A. Rolling B. Passing C. Dropping D. Turning ‎29. A. Suffering B. Difficulty C. Trouble D. Danger ‎30. A. Go ahead B. Look out C. Hold on D. Give up ‎31. A. Lead B. Help C. Encourage D. Get ‎32. A. after B. without C. while D. besides ‎ ‎33. A. best B. Beginning C. end D. rest ‎ ‎34. A. With difficult B. In a hurry C. With firm steps D. In wonder ‎ ‎35. A. fresh B. late C. bad D. unfair ‎ ‎36. A. search B. find C. enter D. book ‎ ‎37. A. in fact B. By chance C. Once more D. Then again ‎38. A. Small B. Empty C. New D. Neat ‎ ‎39. A. finally B. meanwhile C. Sooner or later D. At the moment ‎ ‎40. A. knocked B. forced C. pushed D. tried ‎41. A. yet B. only C. even D. still ‎ ‎42. A. worst B. chair C. best D. tea ‎ ‎43. A. regret B. disappointment C. surprise D. knowledge ‎ ‎44. A. roommate B. classmate C. neighbor D. companion ‎ ‎45. A. Turned on B. Turned down C. played D. enjoyed ‎ ‎46. A. Dad B. Me C. The door D. The floor ‎ ‎47. A. questioning B. Wondering C. Smiling D. Guessing ‎ ‎48. A. Red B. Less pale C. Less red D. Pale ‎49. A. Soon B. There C. Later D. Then ‎50. A. Sisters B. Friends C. Students D. Fellows ‎◇2001年高考完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36-55个题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ He has been called the “missing link.” Half-man, half-beast. He is supposed to live in the highest mountain in the world-Mount Everest.‎ He is known as the Abominable Snowman. The 36 of the Snowman has been around for 37 . Climbers in the 1920s reported finding marks like those of human feet high up the side of Mount Everest. The native people said they 38 this creature and called it the “Yeti,” and they said that they had 39 caught Yeti on two occasions 40 none has ever been produced as evidence(证据).‎ Over the years, the story of the Yeti has 41 . In 1951, Eric Shipton took photographs of a set of tracks in the snow of Everest. Shipton believed that they were not 42 the tracks of a monkey or bear and 43 that the Abominable Snowman might really 44 .‎ Further efforts have been made to find out about Yeti. But the only things people ever found were 45 footprints. Most believe the footprint are nothing more than 46 animal tracks, which had been made 47 as they melted(融化) and refroze in the snow. 48 , in 1964, a Russian scientist said that the Abominable Snowman was 49 and was a remaining link with the prehistoric humans. But, 50 , no evidence has ever 51 been produced.‎ These days, only a few people continue to take the story of the Abominable Snowman 52 . But if they ever 53 catching one, they may face a real 54 : Would they put in a 55 or give it a room in a hotel?‎ ‎36. A. event B. story C. adventure D. description ‎37. A. centuries B. too long C. some time D. many years ‎38. A. heard from B. cared for C. knew of D. many years ‎39. A. even B. hardly C. certainly D. probably ‎40. A. as B. though C. when D. until ‎41. A. developed B. changed C. occurred D. continued ‎42. A. entirely B. maturely C. clearly D. simply ‎43. A. found B. declared C. felt D. doubted ‎44. A. exist B. escape C. disappear D. return ‎45. A. clearer B. more C. possible D. rare ‎46. A. huge B. recent C. ordinary D. frightening ‎47. A. strange B. large C. deep D. rough ‎48. A. In the end B. Therefore C. After all D. However ‎49. A. imagined B. real C. special D. familiar ‎50. A. so B. besides C. again D. instead ‎51. A. rightly B. actually C. normally D. particularly ‎52. A. lightly B. jokingly C. seriously D. properly ‎53. A. succeed in B. insist in C. depend on D. join in ‎ ‎54. A. decision B. situation C. subject D. problem ‎55. A. zoo B. mountain C. museum D. laboratory 附录：习题参考答案 第五部分 阅读练习题 Passage 1 ACBDB Passage 2 BCCDA Passage3 BCACD Passage4 BBAAC Passage 5 BDABD Passage 6 BBCCA Passage 7 BBACD Passage 8 CBBAD Passage 9 CDABC Passage 10 DDCACA Passage 11 BCCCD Passage 12 CBDAB Passage 13 CDCBD Passage 14 CBCBCC Passage 15 AAACC Passage 16 DBACC Passage 17 DAABA Passage 18 CADDB Passage 19 DBBDC Passage 20 DCADD Passage 21 ADBCB Passage 22 CBACA Passage 23 BDCDD Passage 24 DBDDB Passage 25 BBDA Passage 26 BACDB Passage 27 BBCC Passage 28 DBCB Passage 29 DCAAD Passage 30 ABDC Passage 31 CDBCA Passage 32 CBDAB Passage 33 DDBC Passage 34 AABCB Passage 35 DCD Passage 36 CCABB Passage 37 DADCA Passage 38 BDBDD Passage 39 ACDAC Passage 40 CDBD Passage 41 DBCC Passage 42 AC Passage 43 AAC Passage 44 ACDC Passage 45 BBCD Passage 46 ADD Passage 47 BDBB Passage 48 TFFTT ‎ Passage 49 BCDAC Passage 50 CBAB Passage 51 CBADD Passage 52 BBCAA Passage 53 BACBD Passage 54 BDAA Passage 55 BCCAD Passage 56 BABD ‎ 第六部分 历届高考阅读真题 NMET1996 CDBAC BAABD ADAAB CDDBC NMET1997 DCAAC DBCAC BDBDB CABA ‎ NMET1998 CDACD BDACD CABAC ABDAB ‎ NMET1999 ADBBC ADBDB CCCBA CADCD ‎ NMET2000 CCAAC ADABD BBDCA BDCA ‎ NMET2001 CDCAB BDAAB DCACD BBCAB 第八部分 完型填空练习题 Cloze One ‎1-5 DACCC 6-10 AAABB 11-15 DDDBC 16-20 BCDDB Cloze Two ‎1-5 DACAD 6-10 CADAC 11-15 ABCDB 16-20 BABAC Cloze Three ‎1-5 CAABC 6-10 BDCBB 11-15 BAAAB 16-20 CDABC Cloze Four ‎1-5 AAACD 6-10 DBADB 11-15 DAADA 16-20 CADBC Cloze Five ‎1-5 CADBA 6-10 BBDDC 11-15 ABCAD 16-20 CBBCB Cloze Six ‎1-5 DACBA 6-10 CDCDA 11-15 DACDA 16-20 CBACA Cloze Seven ‎1-5 BCCAB 6-10 DDACB 11-15 CDDCA 16-20 CBDCA Cloze Eight ‎ ‎1-5 CBAAD 6-10 CDABC 11-15 BCDAB 16-20 DABCD Cloze Nine ‎1-5 DBABD 6-10 CBACD 11-15 BDCBD 16-20 BCCAB Cloze Ten ‎1-5 CBCAA 6-10 CBBAC 11-15 AACDA 16-20 DBABA Cloze Eleven ‎1-5 ACADB 6-10 CADBD 11-15 BCABA 16-20 CACBD Cloze Twelve ‎ ‎1-5 CDADB 6-10 CDAAD 11-15 BBDCD 16-20 BDCDA ‎21-25 DDCDB 第九部分 高考完型填空 NMET1996 ACCBA CADAD BACDB ABCDA BADBC NMET1997 BDACB DCADD CDABC ABACB ADBCB NMET1998 DBACB ADCCA BCDDA CBCAB DABAD NMET1999 DCBBA CADCB CDCAB BADCA BDADA NMET2000 DCACB DBDAC BDBAC DACAB ACCDB NMET2001 BDCAB DDCAB CBDBC BCADA ‎